Untitled

mail@pastecode.io avatar
unknown
plain_text
7 months ago
926 kB
0
Indexable
Never
<!DOCTYPE html>

<html lang="en">

<head>
	<meta charset="utf-8">
	<meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge">
	<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
	<meta name="keywords" content="">

	<title>Daug - Documentation v1.0.0</title>




	<script>

		/**
		 var TRX_HOTSPOTS_DATA = {
			debug: true,				// Set false after all spots are on their place
            images: ['rate', 'id2'],	// All images IDs to place points at
            spots: [					// Array with points here
                // Spot 1
                {
					id: 'rate',					// Image ID
                    coords: '86.20% 22.32%',	// Spot coordinates (x,y) in percent. In debug mode (debug: true) hover image ond click any mouse button, that will
           										// copy coords to your clipboard (buffer) and than paste it in here.
           										// Do not forget change debug to false after doc is ready!
					theme: 'trx',				// Theme name for tooltip (trx, trx-colored, light). More see here: http://iamceege.github.io/tooltipster/#styling
					action: 'click',			// Action to open tooltip (hover, click, )
					position: 'left',			// Tooltip position (top, right, bottom, left)
					show: 'always',
                    content: 'Content <a href="http://iamceege.github.io/tooltipster/">TEST link</a>. Thank you for purchasing <br> our theme. We are happy that you are one of our customers and we assure you will not be disappointed.<br>  We do our best to produce top notch themes with great functionality, premium designs, and clear code.'
                },
			autocompliteTags: [] // Add new tags to the List of available tags for search autocomplite
		 */

        var TRX_HOTSPOTS_DATA = {
            debug: false,
            images: ['img_homepage_1', 'img_homepage_2', 'img_homepage_3', 'img_homepage_4', 'img_homepage_5',], // img to wrap
            spots: [

				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '4.98% 1.81%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'right',
                    content: 'Please view <a href="https://youtu.be/hqmrOd16n5I" target="_blank">our video tutorial</a> on how to customize website&#39;s logo.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 0.60%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The header area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Header</strong> section of this page. <br>Please navigate to the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> menu and edit the header layout to your needs.<br>The header is placed over the content area and the background image is a part of content of the page.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '93.14% 1.81%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'A candy box icon triggers a panel with social icons and contact info. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or a panel.<a href="images/homepage_panel_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/homepage_panel_1.png" alt=""></a>The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 4.69%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'This page section contains Revolution slider, that is added to the page using Elementor Page Builder. The slider can be customized in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu. <br>Please see <a href="#plugins_settings_slider_revolution">Revolution Slider</a> section of this documentation file for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '15.53% 12.25%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'A scroll down to the section below is enabled in the slider&#39;s settings.<a href="images/home_scroll_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home_scroll_to_content.png" alt=""></a>'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 26.35%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'A scrolling line is created using the <a href="#theme_addons_background_text">Background Text Add-on</a>. Proceed to <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Background text</strong> section to customize the line.<a href="images/homepage_news_ticker.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/homepage_news_ticker.png" alt=""></a>'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '45.59% 36.54%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'The background color of this block is set in the Heading widget&#39;s settings.<a href="images/home_banner_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home_banner_bg.png" alt=""></a>'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 43.88%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section (works only if the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in is installed and active).'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 52.48%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The Elementor "Blogger" widget displays single portfolio posts from <strong>Portfolio (WP Dashboard) > All Portfolio items</strong> post type section.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 69.57%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'In order to manage the single testimonials, navigate to <strong>Testimonials (WP Dashboard) > All Testimonials</strong> post type section. Please also see the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_testimonials">Testimonials widget</a> section of this documentation file for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 78.57%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The Elementor <i>Blogger</i> widget outputs single posts from <strong>WP Dashboard > Posts > All Posts</strong>.'
                },

				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 90.08%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The footer area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Footer</strong> section of this page. <br>Please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> menu and edit the footer layout to your needs.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '17.09% 96.20%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'right',
                    content: 'To customize the subscription form, proceed to <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-9</code>.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_1', //img id
                    coords: '50.38% 96.20%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },




				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '4.73% 1.53%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'right',
                    content: 'You can find more information about logo&#39;s customization <a href="https://youtu.be/hqmrOd16n5I" target="_blank">here</a>.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 0.62%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The header area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Header</strong> section of this page. <br>You can manage the custom header layout in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '93.14% 1.57%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'A candy box icon triggers a panel with social icons and contact info. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or a panel.<br>The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 4.22%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'You can customize the slider in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '65.18% 32.24%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'The icon triggers a popup window with a video. In order to manage the layout with a video, navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification.<a href="images/home2_layout.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home2_layout.png" alt=""></a>'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '28.31% 41.87%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'The button triggers a popup window with a video. The link for the video is specified in the "Layouts" widget&#39;s settings.<a href="images/home2_layout2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home2_layout2.png" alt=""></a>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 46.64%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'You can customize the images in <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > Categories</strong> section (works only if the WooCommerce plug-in is installed).'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 58.18%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'In order to manage the single testimonials, navigate to <strong>Testimonials (WP Dashboard) > All Testimonials</strong> post type section.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '48.18% 70.09%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'The button triggers a popup window with a video. The link for the video is specified in the "Layouts" widget&#39;s settings.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification.<br>The effect of "sticking" the button to the cursor on hover is achieved by enabling mouse helper (requires the <a href="#theme_addons_mouse_helper">Mouse Helper Add-on</a> to be active).<a href="images/home2_mouse_helper.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home2_mouse_helper.png" alt=""></a>'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 74.12%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The scrolling line is created using the <a href="#theme_addons_background_text">Background Text Add-on</a>. Proceed to <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Background text</strong> section to customize the line.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 79.61%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The Elementor <i>Blogger</i> widget outputs single posts from <strong>WP Dashboard > Posts > All Posts</strong>.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 88.38%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The footer area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Footer</strong> section of this page. <br>You can customize the footer layout in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '17.34% 88.38%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'right',
                    content: 'You can connect your Instagram account in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Instagram Feed > All Feeds > Add New</strong>. Please click <a href="https://smashballoon.com/doc/setting-up-the-free-instagram-feed-wordpress-plugin/" target="_blank">here</a> for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_2', //img id
                    coords: '70.76% 95.69%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },




				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '48.18% 1.73%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'Please view <a href="https://youtu.be/hqmrOd16n5I" target="_blank">our video tutorial</a> on how to customize website&#39;s logo.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 0.54%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The header area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Header</strong> section of this page. <br>Please navigate to the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> menu and edit the header layout to your needs.<br>The header is placed over the content area.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 4.12%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'You can manage the slider in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '93.14% 1.57%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'A candy box icon triggers a panel with social icons and contact info. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout. Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or a panel.<br>The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '48.17% 13.12%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'A scroll down to the section below is enabled in the slider&#39;s settings. Please see <a href="#homepage_settings_scroll_to_content">Scroll below Slider</a> chapter of this documentation file for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 18.08%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'To manage the single service posts, navigate to the <strong>Services (WP Dashboard) > All Services</strong> post type section. Please also see <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> section of this documentation file for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 50.52%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section (works only if the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in is installed and active).'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '65.18% 70.70%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'The icon triggers a popup window with a video. In order to manage the layout with a video, navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification.<a href="images/home3_layout.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home3_layout.png" alt=""></a>'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 75.58%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The scrolling line is created using the <a href="#theme_addons_background_text">Background Text Add-on</a>. Proceed to <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Background text</strong> section to customize the line.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 81.37%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The Elementor <i>Blogger</i> widget outputs single posts from <strong>WP Dashboard > Posts > All Posts</strong>.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 92.76%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The footer area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Footer</strong> section of this page. <br>Please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> menu and edit the footer layout to your needs.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_3', //img id
                    coords: '70.81% 95.94%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },




				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '4.98% 1.96%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'right',
                    content: 'You can find more information about logo&#39;s customization <a href="https://youtu.be/hqmrOd16n5I" target="_blank">here</a>.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 0.90%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The header area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Header</strong> section of this page. <br>You can manage the custom header layout in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.<br>The header is placed over the content area.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '93.14% 1.87%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'A candy box icon triggers a panel with social icons and contact info. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or a panel.<br>The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 4.69%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'This page section contains Revolution slider, that is added to the page using Elementor Page Builder. The slider can be customized in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu. <br>Please see <a href="#plugins_settings_slider_revolution">Revolution Slider</a> section of this documentation file for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '52.30% 14.62%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'An arrow icon scrolls the page down to the section below the slider. This functionality is enabled in the slider&#39;s settings. Please see <a href="#homepage_settings_scroll_to_content">Scroll below Slider</a> chapter of this documentation file for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 15.98%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The scrolling line is created using the <a href="#theme_addons_background_text">Background Text Add-on</a>. Proceed to <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Background text</strong> section to customize the line.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 23.05%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The single products can be managed in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section (works only if the WooCommerce plug-in is installed).'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 54.60%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'In order to manage the single testimonials, navigate to <strong>Testimonials (WP Dashboard) > All Testimonials</strong> post type section.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '48.18% 70.09%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'The button triggers a popup window with a video. The link for the video is specified in the "Layouts" widget&#39;s settings.<a href="images/home4_layout.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home4_layout.png" alt=""></a>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification.<br>The effect of "sticking" the button to the cursor on hover is achieved by enabling mouse helper (requires the <a href="#theme_addons_mouse_helper">Mouse Helper Add-on</a> to be active).<a href="images/home4_mouse_helper.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home4_mouse_helper.png" alt=""></a>'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 78.22%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The contact form can be managed in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 87.73%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The footer area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Footer</strong> section of this page. <br>You can customize the footer layout in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '17.34% 87.73%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'right',
                    content: 'In order to connect your Instagram account, proceed to <strong>WP Dashboard > Instagram Feed > All Feeds > Add New</strong>. Please click <a href="https://smashballoon.com/doc/setting-up-the-free-instagram-feed-wordpress-plugin/" target="_blank">here</a> for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_4', //img id
                    coords: '48.18% 97.16%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },




				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '48.18% 1.71%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'You can find more information about logo&#39;s customization <a href="https://youtu.be/hqmrOd16n5I" target="_blank">here</a>.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 0.72%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The header area style is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Header</strong> section of this page. <br>You can manage the custom header layout in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 4.63%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'You can manage the slider in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '48.17% 16.41%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'bottom',
                    content: 'A scroll down to the section below is enabled in the slider&#39;s settings. Please see <a href="#homepage_settings_scroll_to_content">Scroll below Slider</a> chapter of this documentation file for more information.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '93.14% 1.87%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'A candy box icon triggers a panel with social icons and contact info. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or a panel.<br>The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 21.12%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'These images are the thumbnails of WooCommerce product categories that are added to the page via Elementor <i>Widget: Categories List</i>. You can manage the images in <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > Categories</strong> section (works only if the WooCommerce plug-in is installed).'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 30.06%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'Please view <a href="https://youtu.be/qTZDPU5w4HM" target="_blank">our video tutorial</a> on how to set autotype text effects.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 35.78%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section. This section requires the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in to be installed and active.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 70.54%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'In order to manage the single testimonials, navigate to <strong>Testimonials (WP Dashboard) > All Testimonials</strong> post type section.'
                },

				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 80.13%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The single products can be managed in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section. This section requires <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in to be installed and active.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '80.52% 89.45%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The footer area inherits the global settings from <strong>Appearance > Customize > Footer > Footer style</strong>. <br>You can also set up individual footer settings for this particular page in the <strong>Theme Options > Footer</strong> section of this page. <br>The content of this custom footer style can be customized in <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '50.88% 95.95%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'left',
                    content: 'The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.'
                },
				// Spot
                {
                    id: 'img_homepage_5', //img id
                    coords: '16.46% 95.87%', //x,y
					theme: 'trx',
					action: 'click',
					position: 'right',
                    content: 'To customize the subscription form, proceed to <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-9</code>.'
                },



				//
				/**{
                    id: '',
					coords: '74.28% 66.95%',
					position: 'top',
					theme: 'trx-colored',
					show: 'always',
                    content: 'Content'
                },*/
                //
				/**{
                    id: '',
					coords: '50% 50%',
					position: 'top',
					theme: 'trx-colored',
                    content: 'Content'
                }*/
            ],
			autocompliteTags: [] // Add here more tags for autocomplite search
        };



	</script>

	<link rel="stylesheet" href="css/fonts/hk-grotesk/stylesheet.css" />
	<!--<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/magnificPopup/magnific-popup.css">-->

	<!-- Photo Swipe -->
	<!-- Core CSS file -->
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/photoswipe/photoswipe.css">
	<!-- Skin CSS file (styling of UI - buttons, caption, etc.) -->
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/photoswipe/default-skin/default-skin.css">

	<link rel="stylesheet" href="css/fonts/RobotoMono/stylesheet.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/jquery-ui/jquery-ui.min.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/jquery-ui/jquery-ui.theme.min.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/jquery-ui/jquery-ui.structure.min.css" />


	<link rel="stylesheet" href="css/bootstrap.min.css" />


	<link rel="stylesheet" href="css/progressive.min.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="css/_Spoiler.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="css/fontello/css/icons.css" type="text/css" media="all" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/tooltipster/css/tooltipster.bundle.min.css" />

	<!-- Include tooltipster theme here See docs here: http://iamceege.github.io/tooltipster/ -->
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/tooltipster/css/plugins/tooltipster/sideTip/themes/tooltipster-sideTip-light.min.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/tooltipster/css/plugins/tooltipster/sideTip/themes/tooltipster-sideTip-trx.min.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/tooltipster/css/plugins/tooltipster/sideTip/themes/tooltipster-sideTip-trx-grey.min.css" />
	<link rel="stylesheet" href="js/tooltipster/css/plugins/tooltipster/sideTip/themes/tooltipster-sideTip-trx-colored.min.css" />

	<link rel="stylesheet" href="css/trx-hotspot.min.css" />




</head>

<body onload="prettyPrint()">

	<div id="header" class="navbar navbar-inverse " role="navigation">

		<div class="container">

			<div class="navbar-header">

				<button type="button" class="navbar-toggle" data-toggle="collapse" data-target=".navbar-collapse">

					<span class="sr-only">Toggle navigation</span>

					<span class="icon-bar"></span>

					<span class="icon-bar"></span>

					<span class="icon-bar"></span>

				</button>

				<h1>

					<a class="navbar-brand" href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank"><span class="navbar-brand-descr">Documentation for </span>Daug</a>

				</h1>

			</div>

			<div id="navbar" class="navbar-collapse collapse">
				<ul class="nav navbar-nav">
					<li><a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=themeforest.net%2Fuser%2Fancorathemes%2Fportfolio" target="_blank">Portfolio</a></li>
					<li><a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">Support</a></li>
					<li><a href="https://1.envato.market/" target="_blank" class="buy-button">Buy Theme</a></li>
					<!--<li><a href="#">Custom Services</a></li>-->
				</ul>


				<div class="nav navbar-nav navbar-right trx-search ui-front">
					<div class="trx-search-input-wrapper">
						<input type="search" id="trx-search-input" placeholder="Enter text to find"><span class="trx-search-status trx-hidden-status">0/0</span>
						<span class="trx-search-loader"></span>
					</div>
					<button data-search="next">&#xe807;</button>
					<button data-search="prev">&#xe80f;</button>
				</div>
			</div>

			<div class="nav navbar-nav navbar-right mobile-menu ui-front">
				<button>&#xf008;</button>
			</div>
		</div>

	</div>

	<div class="container clearfix">
		<div class="doc-container row clearfix">

			<!-- Doc Navigation Sidebar
				================================================== -->
			<div class="doc-sidebar col-md-3  pull-right">

				<ul class="doc-nav nav nav-list affix-top">


					<li>

						<a href="#general_information">General Information</a>

							<ul>

								<li><a href="#general_information_license">License</a></li>

								<li><a href="#general_information_psd_files_images">XD Files &amp; Images</a></li>

								<li><a href="#general_information_bundled_plugins">Bundled Plug-ins</a></li>

							</ul>

					</li>


					<li>

						<a href="#help_and_support">Help and Support</a>

							<ul>

								<li><a href="#help_and_support_support_policy">Support Policy</a></li>

								<li><a href="#help_and_support_third_party_extensions">Third-party Extensions</a></li>

								<li><a href="#help_and_support_articles_video_tutorials">Articles &amp; Video Tutorials</a></li>

							</ul>

					</li>



					<li>

						<a href="#installation">Installation</a>

							<ul>

								<li><a href="#installation_wordpress_information">WordPress Information</a></li>

								<li><a href="#installation_theme_requirements">Theme Requirements</a></li>

								<li><a href="#installation_theme_installation">Theme Installation</a></li>

								<li><a href="#installation_plugins_installation">Plug-ins Installation</a></li>

								<li><a href="#installation_child_theme">Child Theme</a></li>

								<li><a href="#installation_demo_content">Demo Content</a></li>

								<li><a href="#installation_faqs">Installation FAQs</a></li>

								<li><a href="#installation_theme_update">Theme Update</a></li>


							</ul>

					</li>



					<li>

						<a href="#theme_customizer">Theme Customizer</a>

							<ul>


								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_logo">Logo &amp; Site Identity</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_general_settings">General</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_header">Header</a></li>

								<li><a href="#header_faqs">Header FAQs</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_footer">Footer</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_mobile">Mobile</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_menus">Menus</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_widgets">Widgets</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_static_front">Homepage Settings</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_front_page_builder">Front Page Builder</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_blog_general">Blog</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_blog_posts_page">Blog > Posts page</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_blog_category">Blog > Category/Tag/etc.</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_blog_single_post">Blog > Single posts</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_learnpress">LearnPress</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_sportspress">SportsPress</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_shop">Shop</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_shop_general">Shop > General</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_shop_product_list">Shop > Product list</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_shop_single">Shop > Single product</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_shop_brands">Shop > Brands</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_woocommerce">WooCommerce</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_events_calendar">The Events Calendar</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_fonts">Typography</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_custom_section">Custom Section</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_color_scheme">Colors</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_background">Background</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_dishes">Plugins settings > Dishes</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_courses">Plugins settings > Courses</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_portfolio">Plugins settings > Portfolio</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_properties">Plugins settings > Properties</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_services">Plugins settings > Services</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_sport">Plugins settings > Sport</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_team">Plugins settings > Team</a></li>

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_testimonials">Plugins settings > Testimonials</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_donations">Plugins settings > Donations</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_give_donation">Plugins settings > Give Donation</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_events">Plugins settings > Events</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#customizer_settings_plugins_settings_bbpress">Plugins settings > BBPress</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#customizer_settings_additional_css">Additional CSS</a></li>




							</ul>
					</li>



					<li>

						<a href="#homepages">Homepages</a>

							<ul>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_creation">New Page Creation</a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_1">Hairdresser</a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_2">Beauty Salon</a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_3">Hair Salon</a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_4">Hair Products</a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_5">Online Store</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_6"></a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_7"></a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_8"></a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_9"></a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_10"></a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_11"></a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_12"></a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_page_13"></a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_scroll_to_content">Scroll to Content Functionality</a></li>

								<li><a href="#homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes</a></li>

							</ul>

					</li>


					<!--<li>
						<a href="#augmented_reality">Augmented Reality 3D</a>
					</li>-->



					<li>

						<a href="#layouts">Layouts</a>

							<ul>

								<li><a href="#layouts_description">Introduction to Layouts</a></li>

								<li><a href="#layouts_creating">Creating Layouts</a></li>

								<li><a href="#layouts_widgets">Layouts Widgets</a></li>

								<li><a href="#layouts_settings">Elementor Section Settings</a></li>

								<li><a href="#layouts_default">Default Layouts</a></li>

							</ul>

					</li>


					<li>

						<a href="#custom_post_types">Custom Post Types</a>

							<ul>

								<!--<li><a href="#custom_post_types_agents">Agents</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#custom_post_types_courses">Courses</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#custom_post_types_dishes">Dishes</a></li>-->



								<li><a href="#custom_post_types_portfolio">Portfolio</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#custom_post_types_properties">Properties</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#custom_post_types_services">Services</a></li>

								<li><a href="#custom_post_types_team">Team</a></li>

								<li><a href="#custom_post_types_testimonials">Testimonials</a></li>



							</ul>

					</li>




					<li>

						<a href="#shortcodes">Elementor Widgets</a>

							<ul>



								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_accordion">Accordion of posts</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_action">Actions</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_anchor">Anchor</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_audio_effects">Audio Effects</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_background_text">Background Text</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_button">Button</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_content_area">Content Area</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_countdown">Countdown</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_cover_link">Cover Link</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_custom_image">Custom Image</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_custom_tabs">Custom Tabs</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_form">Form</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_googlemap">Google Map</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_hotspot">Hotspot</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_icons">Icons</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_images_compare">Images Compare</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_openstreet_map">OpenStreet Map</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_pop_up">Popup</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_price_block">Price</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_promo">Promo</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_reviews">Reviews</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_skills">Skills</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_slider">Slider</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_slider_controller_controls">Slider Controller</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_socials">Socials</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_super_title">Super Title</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_table">Table</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_title">Title</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_twitter_feed">Twitter Feed</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_yandex_map">Yandex Map</a></li>



								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_about_me">Widget About Me</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_audio_player">Widget Audio</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_banner">Widget Banner</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_calendar">Widget Calendar</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_categories_list">Widget Categories List</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_contacts">Widget Contacts</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_custom_links">Widget Custom Links</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_flickr">Widget Flickr</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_instagram">Widget Instagram</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_popular_posts">Widget Popular Posts</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_posts_rating">Widget Posts by Rating</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_recent_news">Widget Recent News</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_recent_posts">Widget Recent Posts</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_social_icons">Widget Socials</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_twitter">Widget Twitter</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_video_player">Widget Video</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_video_list">Widget Video List</a></li>






								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_courses">Courses</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_dishes">Dishes</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_donations_form">Donations Form</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_donations_info">Donations Info</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_donations_list">Donations List</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_portfolio">Portfolio</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties">Properties</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_compare">Properties Compare</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_search">Properties Search</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_sort">Properties Sort</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_team">Team</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_testimonials">Testimonials</a></li>



								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_booked_appointments">Booked Appointments</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_booked_profile">Booked Profile</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_booked_calendar">Booked Calendar</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_calculated_fields_form">Calculated Fields Form</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_contact_form">Contact Form 7</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_content_timeline">Content Timeline</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_events">Events List</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_extended_products">Extended Products</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_give_form">Give Donation Form</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_timetable">MP Timetable</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_woocommerce_search">WooCommerce Search</a></li>

								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_woocommerce_title">WooCommerce Title</a></li>



								<li><a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts</a></li>



							</ul>

					</li>

					<li>

						<a href="#themerex_addons">ThemeREX Addons</a>

					</li>

					<li>

						<a href="#theme_addons">Advanced Theme Add-ons</a>

						<ul>

							<li><a href="#theme_addons_audio_effects">Audio Effects Add-on</a></li>

							<li><a href="#theme_addons_background_text">Background Text Add-on</a></li>

							<li><a href="#theme_addons_dynamic_background">Dynamic Background Add-on</a></li>

							<li><a href="#theme_addons_image_effects">Image Effects Add-on</a></li>

							<li><a href="#theme_addons_mouse_helper">Mouse Helper Add-on</a></li>

							<!--<li><a href="#theme_addons_team">Post Type Team Add-on</a></li>-->

							<li><a href="#theme_addons_secondary_image">Secondary Image Add-on</a></li>

						</ul>

					</li>



					<li>

						<a href="#extra_plugins">Plug-ins</a>

							<ul>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_custom_fields">Advanced Custom Fields</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_popups">Advanced Popups</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_vc_all_in_one">All In One Add-ons</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_booked">Booked Appointments</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_bookly">Bookly Appointments</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_booked_addons">Booked Add-ons</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_bbpress">BBPress</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_calculated_fields_form">Calculated Fields Form</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_contact_form_7">Contact Form 7</a></li>

                            	<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_contact_form_7_datepicker">Contact Form 7 Datepicker</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_content_timeline">Content Timeline</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_gdpr_compliance">Cookie Information</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_contact_form_7_repeatable_fields">CF7 Repeatable Fields</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_cryptocurrency_all_in_one">Cryptocurrency All-in-One</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_cryptocurrency_price_ticker_widget">Cryptocurrency Widgets</a></li>-->



								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_custom_post_type_ui">Custom Post Type UI</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_twitter_feeds">Custom Twitter Feeds</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_dearflip">DearFlip</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_ditty_news_ticker">Ditty News Ticker</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_download_monitor">Download Monitor</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_elegro_payment">Elegro Crypto Payment</a></li>

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_elementor">Elementor</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_essential_addons_elementor">Essential Add-ons for Elementor</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_essential_grid">Essential Grid</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_event_tickets">Event Tickets</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_give_donations">GiveWP - Donation Plug-in</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_gutenberg_addons">Gutenberg Add-ons</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_image_hotspot">Image Hotspot by DevVN</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_latepoint">LatePoint</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_learnpress">LearnPress</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_m_chart">M Chart</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_mailchimp">MailChimp</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_mailchimp_multilingual">MailChimp Multilingual</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_power_charts_lite">Power Charts Lite</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_powerkit">Powerkit</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_product_delivery_date">Product Delivery Date for<br>WooCommerce - Lite</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_search_filter">Search &amp; Filter</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_shareit">ShareIt! Social Buttons</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_slider_revolution">Slider Revolution</a></li>

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_instagram_feed">Smash Balloon Social Photo<br>Feed</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_facebook_feed">Smash Balloon Social Post Feed</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_speakout">SpeakOut! Email Petitions</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_sportspress">SportsPress</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_sportspress_soccer">SportsPress for Football (Soccer)</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_strong_testimonials">Strong Testimonials</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_svg_support">SVG Support</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_events_calendar">The Events Calendar</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_gdpr_framework">The GDPR Framework</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_themerex_donations">ThemeREX Donations</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_themerex_popup">ThemeREX Pop-Up</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_themerex_updater">ThemeREX Updater</a></li>

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_woocommerce_wishlist">TI WooCommerce Wishlist</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_mp_time_table">Timetable and Event Schedule</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_twenty_20">Twenty20 Image Before-After</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_wc_secondary_product_thumbnail">WC Secondary Product<br>Thumbnail</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_widget_social_page_feed">Widget for Social Page Feeds</a></li>-->

								<li><a href="#plugins_settings_woocommerce">WooCommerce</a></li>

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_woocommerce_currency_switcher">WooCommerce Currency<br>Switcher</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_wooc_social_media_share_buttons">WooCommerce Social Media<br>Share Buttons</a></li>-->



								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_woof">WOOF - WooCommerce<br>Products Filter</a></li>-->



								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_live_chat_support">WP Live Chat Support</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_wpbakery_vc">WPBakery Page Builder</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_wp_image_markers">WP Image Markers</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_wpml">WPML</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_yith_woocommerce_badge_management">YITH WooCommerce Badge<br>Management</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_yith_woocommerce_compare">YITH WooCommerce Compare</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_yith_wooc_gift_cards">YITH WooCommerce Gift Cards</a></li>-->

								<!--<li><a href="#plugins_settings_yith_woocommerce_wishlist">YITH WooCommerce Wishlist </a></li>-->

							</ul>

					</li>



					<li>
						<a href="#theme_translation">Theme Translation</a>
					</li>



					<li>
						<a href="#sources_and_credits">Sources and Credits</a>
					</li>



					<!--<li>
						<a href="#caching">Page Speed Optimization</a>

						<ul>-->

							<!--<li><a href="#wp_rocket">WP Rocket</a></li>-->

							<!--<li><a href="#wp_optimize">WP-Optimize</a></li>

						</ul>
					</li>-->

					<!--<li>
						<a href="#website_customization">Website Customization</a>
					</li>-->

				</ul>

			</div>






			<!-- Main Content Area
				================================================== -->
			<div class="doc-content col-md-9">


				<!-- General Information
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="general_information">
					<h2 class="page-header">General Information</h2>

					<p>
						Thank you for purchasing our theme. We are happy that you are one of our customers and we assure you will not be disappointed. We do our best to produce top notch themes with great functionality, premium designs, and clear code.
					</p>

					<!--<p class="wrap-danger">
						<span class="label label-danger">Attention!</span> This documentation file is for <strong>theme versions 2.0.0 and above</strong>!<br>
						If you want to view the documentation file for <strong>theme versions 1.8.0 and lower</strong>, please click <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/doc-old/" target="_blank">here</a>.

					</p>-->

					<!-- License
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="general_information_license">License <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>
							With ThemeForest regular license you are licensed to use this theme to create one
							single End Product (the final website customized with your content) for yourself or for one
							client.
						</p>

						<p>
							<strong>What is allowed with the single regular license:</strong>
						</p>

							<ol>

								<li>
									You can create <strong>1 website</strong> (on a single domain) for yourself or for your client. You can then transfer that website to your client for any fee. In that case, the license is also transferred to your client.
								</li>

								<li>
									You can install the theme on your <strong>test/development server</strong> for testing/development purposes (this installation should not be available to the public).
									<br>As soon as the project is ready for moving to another domain (create the backup to be on the safe side), please <a href="#domain_disconnection">disconnect the license</a> and activate the theme on <strong>another domain</strong>.
									<br>
									<i>Development installation will still be functional except for importing/exporting demo data.</i>
								</li>

								<li>
									You can have <strong>ONE active theme installation</strong> at a time. You can move the license to a different domain by  <a href="#domain_disconnection">"disconnecting the license"</a> from the active theme installation and then re-entering the purchase key/token on a different WordPress installation.
									<br>
									For <strong>Envato Elements</strong>, if you want to activate another theme or install the same theme on a new domain, please generate a new token <strong>(1 token = 1 domain)</strong>.
									<br>
									<i>The number of theme activations (with ONE purchase key or ONE Envato Elements token) is <strong>LIMITED!</strong></i>
								</li>

								<li>
									You can modify or manipulate the theme, you can combine it with other works to
									create the End Product.
								</li>

								<li>
									The theme updates for the single End Product (website) are free.
								</li>



							</ol>
							<br>


						<p><strong>What is not allowed:</strong></p>
						<ol>

							<li>
								With a single regular license you are <strong>not allowed to create multiple websites</strong>. For multiple websites you will need multiple regular licenses.
							</li>

							<li>
								To resell the same website (Single End Product) to another clients.
								You will need to purchase an extended license for this.
							</li>

						</ol>
						<p>For more information regarding license regulations and policies, see the links below:</p>

						<ul>

							<li><a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=themeforest.net%2Flicenses%2Ffaq" target="_blank">License FAQ</a></li>

							<li><a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=themeforest.net%2Flicenses" target="_blank">Licenses overview</a></li>

							<li><a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=themeforest.net%2Flicenses%2Fterms%2Fregular" target="_blank">Regular license details</a></li>

							<li><a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=themeforest.net%2Flicenses%2Fterms%2Fextended" target="_blank">Extended license details</a></li>

						</ul>



					<!-- PSD Files &amp; Images
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="general_information_psd_files_images">XD Files &amp; Images <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> We do not include theme-related <code class="light">.XD</code> files into the theme package, because it significantly increases the theme archive size. If you need those files, feel free to submit a <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support request</a>.
	                    </p>



						<p>
							All the <strong>clipart images</strong> included in this theme are <strong>copyrighted to their respective owners</strong> and are not available for download with this theme. Clipart images can not be used without express permission from the owner and/or need to be purchased separately.
						</p>

						<p>
							Nevertheless, you can request the <strong>clipart-related image IDs/references</strong> and <strong>.XD files</strong> by contacting our <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support department</a>.
						</p>

						<!--<p>
							By getting this WordPress Theme you get all the images <strong><u>FOR FREE</u></strong>. Moreover, you can use them on <strong><u>ANY OF YOUR PROJECTS</u></strong>!
						</p>-->




					<!-- Bundled Plugins
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="general_information_bundled_plugins">Bundled Plug-ins <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>
							The theme package contains a number of <a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=help.market.envato.com%2Fhc%2Fen-us%2Farticles%2F213762463-Bundled-Plugins-" target="_blank">bundled plug-ins</a>. Please click <a href="#installation_plugins_installation">here</a> to view the <strong>list of plug-ins</strong> that come included into the theme.
	                    </p>

						<p>
							If a new version of a bundled plug-in is available, it will be included in the next theme release. You can also request it by submitting a <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support ticket</a>.
						</p>

						<p>
							Bundled plug-ins are fully functional without the activation using a registration license key. In case you are willing to receive automatic updates and support from the plug-in team, you will need to purchase the plug-in separately. Only the direct buyers get the plug-in license key.
						</p>


				</div>




				<!-- Help & Support
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="help_and_support">
					<h2 class="page-header">Help and Support</h2>



					<!-- Support Policy
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="help_and_support_support_policy">Support Policy <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>



						<p>
							In order to receive a technical support assistance, you need to have a valid purchase code. To get the code, please navigate to your ThemeForest "Downloads" page and click on the theme download link. Check this <a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=help.market.envato.com%2Fhc%2Fen-us%2Farticles%2F202822600-Where-Is-My-Purchase-Code-" target="_blank">guide</a> for more details.
						</p>


						<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> As authors of this theme we <strong>do provide support</strong> only for the <i>theme-related features</i>.
						</p>

						<p>
							We do not provide support for additional customization, 3rd party plug-ins integration or any other compatibility issues that might arise. Nevertheless, there is an exception that is only applied to the plug-in(s) we have developed and integrated ourselves.
						</p>

						<p>
							If you have any questions that are beyond the scope of this help file, feel free to <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">contact us</a>. We will respond as soon as possible (within 24 – 48 hours, usually faster).
							<strong>We are open from 10am to 7pm (CET), from Monday till Friday.</strong>
	                    </p>


						<p>
					        Please be aware that some questions are posted on <a href="https://themerex.net/support/#trx_common_questions_sc" target="_blank">our website</a> in "Common Questions" section. So, before submitting a new ticket, please try searching our website for an answer, as well as checking our <a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCnFisBimrK2aIE-hnY70kCA" target="_blank">Video Tutorials</a> and <a href="https://themerex.net/faq/" target="_blank">Articles</a>. Our website has its own inner search and also has been indexed by Google, so if you can not find your answer with our website search, it is worth typing it into Google too. Please make sure you have looked at all the available resources before submitting a support request.
					    </p>

					<!-- Third-party extensions
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="help_and_support_third_party_extensions">Third-party Extensions <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


						<p>
							Unfortunately, we do not provide support for third-party extensions. Please contact the author of the extension if needed. If you feel that you might have troubles with installing an extension, we advise you to order a professional installation service<!-- from our partners at <a href="http://support.mockingbird-studio.com/" target="_blank">MockingBird Customization Studio</a>-->.
	                    </p>




					<!-- Articles &amp; Video Tutorials
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="help_and_support_articles_video_tutorials">Articles &amp; Video Tutorials <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>



						<p>
							For more information regarding the theme's functionality, we suggest checking our <a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCnFisBimrK2aIE-hnY70kCA" target="_blank">Video Tutorials</a> and <a href="https://themerex.net/faq/" target="_blank">Articles</a>.
						</p>

						<p>
							The most popular video tutorials<!-- based on BookLovers theme-->:
						</p>

						<div class="doc-banners">
							<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/6GInaB_7MdA" target="_blank"> Theme Installation</a>

								</div>

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/hqmrOd16n5I" target="_blank"> Logo Changing</a>

								</div>

							</div>
						</div>

						<div class="doc-banners">
							<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/_okSp4Rw9LI" target="_blank"> How to Enable Sticky Header</a>

								</div>

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/n7Pz4IK_HLk" target="_blank"> Dynamic Background Customization</a>

								</div>

							</div>
						</div>

						<div class="doc-banners">
							<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/4e6KUAAdQOE" target="_blank"> Theme Translation and Localization</a>

								</div>

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/R7RUUzmKLmc" target="_blank"> Mouse Helper Customization</a>

								</div>
							</div>
						</div>

						<div class="doc-banners">
							<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/B37RBXqPMvk" target="_blank"> Color Scheme Customization</a>

								</div>

								<div class="col-md-6">

										<a class="doc-banner-bunner trx-icon-play-big" href="https://youtu.be/qTZDPU5w4HM" target="_blank"> Autotype Text Effects</a>

								</div>
							</div>
						</div>

				</div>




				<!-- Getting Started
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="installation">
					<h2 class="page-header">Installation</h2>


					<!-- WordPress Information
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="installation_wordpress_information">WordPress Information <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

					    <p>
					    	To install this theme you must have a working version of WordPress already installed.
					        Below are some useful links regarding WordPress information.
					    </p>

					    <ul>

					        <li><a href="http://codex.WordPress.org/FAQ_New_To_WordPress" target="_blank">WordPress FAQ</a> - General information about WordPress.
					        </li>

					        <li><a href="https://wordpress.org/support/article/wordpress-lessons" target="_blank">WordPress Lessons</a> - A great knowledge-base for WordPress beginners.
					        </li>

					        <li><a href="http://codex.WordPress.org/Function_Reference" target="_blank">PHP Function References</a> - Detailed information on WordPress PHP functions and a lot of usage examples.
					        </li>

					    </ul>

						<!--<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The theme is designed for free WordPress version downloaded at <a href="https://wordpress.org" target="_blank">WordPress.org</a>. We do not guarantee the theme full compatibility with installations on Wordpress.com due to limitations in website control and theme customization.
						</p>-->



					<!-- Theme Requirements
					============================ -->
				    <h3 id="installation_theme_requirements">Theme Requirements <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>



						<p>
							To use this theme you must be running at least <strong>WordPress 5.0</strong>, <strong>PHP 5.6.20</strong><!--, <strong>mysql 5</strong>--> or higher (for <i>Booked</i> and <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-ins <strong>PHP 7.0+</strong>). If you use a hosting service with limited resources (e.g. GoDaddy!), you may experience issues with the "one-click" demo data installation.
						</p>

						<p>
							We recommend that you contact your web hosting service provider to make sure that your server PHP configuration limits are as follows:
						</p>

						<ul>
							<li>
								<code>max_execution_time 600</code>
							</li>
							<li>
								<code>memory_limit 128M</code>
							</li>
							<li>
								<code>post_max_size 32M</code>
							</li>
							<li>
								<code>upload_max_filesize 32M</code>
							</li>
						</ul>
						<p>
							If you are running unmanaged dedicated server or VPS,
							you should check your <code>php.ini</code> file. Alternatively, you can edit <code>.htaccess</code> file in the root of your website and add the following values:
						</p>

						<ul>
							<li>
								<code>php_value max_execution_time 600</code>
							</li>

							<li>
								<code>php_value memory_limit 128M</code>
							</li>

							<li>
								<code>php_value post_max_size 32M</code>
							</li>

							<li>
								<code>php_value upload_max_filesize 32M</code>
							</li>
						</ul>

						<p>
							Setting these values will ensure you will not get  error messages during the installation.
							To safeguard your website, please use secure passwords and the latest version of WordPress and plug-ins.
						</p>

						<p>
							Here is the list of web hosting service providers we recommend:
						</p>

						<ul>

						    <li><a href="https://bluehost.sjv.io/OR06Xr" target="_blank">Bluehost</a> <i style="color:#e35f5f;">(Exclusive Offer for our Customers: <strong>-70% OFF</strong>)</i></li>

							<li><a href="https://www.siteground.com/go/themerexdiscount" target="_blank">SiteGround</a></li>



						    <li><a href="https://inmotion-hosting.evyy.net/c/402468/260033/4222?u=https://www.inmotionhosting.com/wordpress-hosting-promo" target="_blank">InMotion Hosting</a></li>

						</ul>




					<!-- Theme Installation
					============================ -->
				    <h3 id="installation_theme_installation">Theme Installation <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


						<h4>Unpacking the theme</h4>

							<p>
						    	Before installing the theme, please make sure you unpacked the archive and extracted the theme files. Some of the folders names may slightly vary. Treat the screenshot below as an example only.

		                            <a href="images/unzipped_theme.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                <img src="images/unzipped_theme.png" alt="">

		                            </a>
						    </p>



		                    <p class="under_image_p">
								<i>The main package contains archives with the main theme, child theme, documentation and bundled plug-ins.</i>
							</p>



						    <p>
						    	If you try to install the wrong files, you will get the <i class="red">missing style.css </i> error. This is the most common error that means you are trying to install an incorrect package.
						    </p>

						    <!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>BookLovers archive contains 52 themes (skins) in one package that differ in design only.
							</p>



								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-3">

										<p><a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Default</a></p>

										<a href="images/skin_1.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img class="image-box" src="images/skin_1.jpg" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>

									<div class="col-md-3">

										<p><a href="https://music.Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Music</a></p>

										<a href="images/skin_15.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img class="image-box" src="images/skin_15.jpg" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>

									<div class="col-md-3">

										<p><a href="https://church.Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Church</a></p>

										<a href="images/skin_16.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img class="image-box" src="images/skin_16.jpg" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>

									<div class="col-md-3">

										<p><a href="https://corporate.Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Corporate</a></p>

										<a href="images/skin_26.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img class="image-box" src="images/skin_26.jpg" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>

								</div> -->


						    <p>
								In order to install the theme, you need to have a working version of WordPress installed on your server first. Check out this <a href="https://wordpress.org/support/article/how-to-install-wordpress" target="_blank">guide</a> for detailed information on how to install WordPress. We also highly recommend updating your WordPress to the latest stable version.
							</p>


							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The theme is designed for free WordPress version downloaded at <a href="https://wordpress.org" target="_blank">WordPress.org</a>. We do not guarantee the theme full compatibility with installations on Wordpress.com due to limitations in website control and theme customization.
							</p>-->

							<p>
								Below you can find a video tutorial on how to install the theme.
							</p>


		                	<div class="clearfix">

                                <div class="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">

									<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/6GInaB_7MdA" title="YouTube video player" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowfullscreen></iframe>

                                </div>

                            </div>
							<br>


						    <p id="installation_via_ftp" class="under_image_p"><strong>There are 2 ways to install the theme:</strong></p>

							    <ul>
							        <li><strong>via FTP</strong>:
							            <ol>

								            <li>
								            	Log into your web server with FTP client software.
								            </li>

									        <li>
									        	Unzip the <code>Daug.zip</code> file and ONLY use the extracted <code>/Daug</code> theme folder.
									        </li>

									        <li>
									        	Upload the extracted <code>Daug</code> theme folder into <code>/wp-content/themes</code>.
									        </li>

									        <li>
									        	Navigate to the <strong>Appearance > Themes</strong> tab and activate the theme.
									        </li>

							            </ol>

							        </li>


							        <li><strong>via WordPress admin panel</strong>:
							            <ol>

							                <li>
												Log into the WordPress admin panel.
											</li>

							                <li>
							                	Navigate to <strong>Appearance > Themes</strong> and click on <strong>Add New</strong> and <strong>Upload Theme</strong>.
							                </li>

							                <li>
							                	Select the <code>Daug.zip</code> folder and click <strong>Install Now</strong> button.
							                </li>

							                <li>
							                	After the successful installation, click on <strong>Activate</strong> or navigate to the <strong>Appearance > Themes</strong> and click on <strong>Activate</strong> button to activate the newly installed theme.
							                </li>
											<li>
												Install and activate <strong>ThemeREX Addons</strong> plug-in.
											</li>


											<li>
												Enter your <strong>Purchase Code</strong> or <strong>Envato Elements Token</strong> and some personal information. Theme activation allows you to get access to plug-ins, demo content, support and updates.
												<br><br>
												To get the <strong>purchase code</strong>, please navigate to your <strong>ThemeForest "Downloads" page</strong> and click on the theme download link. Check this <a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=help.market.envato.com%2Fhc%2Fen-us%2Farticles%2F202822600-Where-Is-My-Purchase-Code-" target="_blank">guide</a> for more details.
												<br><br>
												In case you have downloaded the theme from <strong>Envato Elements</strong>, please view our <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/how-to-activate-the-theme-using-envato-elements-token/" target="_blank">guide</a> to find out how to generate Envato Elements token.

												<a href="images/theme_activation.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/theme_activation.png" alt="">

												</a>

												<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> <i>The number of theme activations (with purchase code/Envato Elements token) is <strong>LIMITED</strong>! For Envato Elements, if you want to activate another theme, please generate a new token (1 token = 1 domain). Anyway, you are allowed to activate your theme locally or on the dev server and then move the theme to the main domain. Please feel free to contact our <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support department</a> if any issues arise.</i>
											</li>

											<!--<li>
												Enter your <strong>Purchase Code</strong> and some personal information. Theme activation allows you to get access to skins, plug-ins, demo content, support and updates.
												<br><br>
												To get the <strong>purchase code</strong>, please navigate to your ThemeForest "Downloads" page and click on the theme download link. Check this <a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=help.market.envato.com%2Fhc%2Fen-us%2Farticles%2F202822600-Where-Is-My-Purchase-Code-" target="_blank">guide</a> for more details.

												<a href="images/theme_activation.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/theme_activation.png" alt="">

												</a>

												<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> <i>The number of theme activations (with purchase code) is <strong>LIMITED</strong>! Anyway, you are allowed to activate your theme locally or on the dev server and then move the theme to the main domain. Please feel free to contact our <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support department</a> if any issues arise.</i>
											</li>-->

											<li>
												Make sure the required <strong>Advanced Theme Add-ons</strong> are active. You can find the description of each add-on <a href="#theme_addons">here</a>.

												<a href="images/advanced_theme_addons.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/advanced_theme_addons.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</li>

											<!--<li>
												Download and install <strong>Advanced Post Type Team</strong> add-on. Please click <a href="#advanced_team_addon">here</a> for more information about this add-on.

												<a href="images/team_addon.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/team_addon.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</li>-->

											<!--<li>
												BookLovers archive contains 52 themes (skins) in one package that differ in design only. In "<strong>Theme Panel > Theme Dashboard > Skins</strong>" section select the skin, download it and click on the "Activate" button. Depending on the skin selected, the list of plug-ins and demo data may vary.

												<a href="images/skins_activation_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/skins_activation_2.png" alt="">

												</a>

												<a href="images/skins_activation_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/skins_activation_3.png" alt="">

												</a>


											</li>-->

										</ol>

									</li>

								</ul>

							<p>
								<i>You can also watch our <a href="https://youtu.be/6GInaB_7MdA" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> on how to install a WordPress theme. </i>
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-danger">
								<span class="label label-danger">Attention!</span> If you want to make changes in theme’s templates or functions, we strongly recommend activating a child theme before demo data installation. Please see the <a href="#installation_child_theme">Child Theme</a> section for more information.
							</p>


							<p id="domain_disconnection">
								 The theme license allows you to install the theme on <strong>ONE domain</strong> only! In order to connect the license to a different domain, first click "Disconnect domain" (<strong>Theme Panel > Theme Dashboard > General</strong>) and then re-enter the purchase key/token on a different WordPress installation. For Envato Elements, if you want to activate another theme or install the same theme on a new domain, please generate a new token (1 token = 1 domain). If you have any questions, please contact our <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support department</a>.

								<a href="images/domain_disconnection.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/domain_disconnection.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</p>

							<p class="wrap-danger">
								<span class="label label-danger">Attention!</span> Before any manipulations that will require re-entering the purchase key/Elements token even on the same domain (e.g: WordPress reinstallation or cleaning the database), please <strong>FIRST disconnect the domain</strong>!
							</p>






					<!-- Plug-ins Installation
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="installation_plugins_installation">Plug-ins Installation <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>



						<p>
							<strong>Below is the list of the plug-ins that come included into the theme<!-- (Default skin)-->.</strong> <br>Some of these plug-ins can also be installed from the <a href="https://wordpress.org" target="_blank">WordPress.org</a> repository.
						</p>

							<ul>


								<!--<li>Advanced Custom Fields</li>-->

								<li>Advanced Popups</li>

								<!--<li>All In One Add-ons All In One</li>-->

								<li>Booked Appointments</li>

								<!--<li>Bookly Appointments <i>(free version)</i></li>-->

								<!--<li>Booked Calendar Feeds</li>

								<li>Booked Front-End Agents</li>-->

								<!--<li>BBPress</li>-->

								<!--<li>Calculated Fields Form</li>-->

								<li>Contact Form 7</li>

								<!--<li>Contact Form 7 Datepicker</li>-->

								<!--<li>Contact Form 7 - Repeatable Fields</li>-->

								<!--<li>Content Timeline <br><strong><i>Not included into the theme's package. It is for demonstration purposes only. To use this plug-in, you need to purchase it first.</i></strong></li>-->

								<li>Cookie Information <i>(formerly WP GDPR Compliance)</i></li>

								<!--<li>Cryptocurrency All-in-One</li>-->

								<!--<li>Cryptocurrency Widgets – Price Ticker &amp; Coins List</li>-->



								<!--<li>Custom Post Type UI</li>-->

								<!--<li>Custom Twitter Feeds</li>-->

								<!--<li>DearFlip – WordPress 3D Flipbook, PDF Flipbook <i>(lite version)</i></li>-->

								<!--<li>Ditty News Ticker</li>-->

								<!--<li>Download Monitor</li>-->

								<li>Elegro Crypto Payment</li>

								<li>Elementor <strong><i>(required)</i></strong></li>

								<!--<li>Essential Add-ons for Elementor Lite</li>-->

								<!--<li>Essential Grid</li>-->

								<!--<li>Event Tickets</li>-->

								<!--<li>GiveWP - Donation Plugin</li>-->

								<!--<li>Gutenberg Add-ons: CoBlocks</li>

								<li>Gutenberg Add-ons: Kadence Blocks <i>(free version)</i></li>-->

								<!--<li>Image Hotspot by DevVN</li>-->

								<!--<li>LatePoint <i>(without access to Latepoint Add-ons)</i></li>-->

								<!--<li>LearnPress</li>-->

								<!--<li>M Chart</li>-->

								<li>MailChimp for WordPress</li>

								<!--<li>MailChimp for WordPress Multilingual <i class="red">(trial version)</i></li>-->

								<!--<li>Power Charts Lite</li>-->

								<!--<li>Powerkit</li>-->

								<!--<li>Product Delivery Date for WooCommerce – Lite</li>-->

								<!--<li>Search &amp; Filter</li>-->

								<!--<li>ShareIt! Social Buttons</li>-->

	                            <li>Slider Revolution</li>

								<li>Smash Balloon Social Photo Feed <i>(formerly Instagram Feed)</i></li>

								<!--<li>Smash Balloon Social Post Feed</li>-->

								<!--<li>SpeakOut! Email Petitions</li>-->

								<!--<li>SportsPress <i>(free version)</i></li>

								<li>SportsPress for Football (Soccer)</li>-->

								<!--<li>Strong Testimonials</li>-->

								<!--<li>SVG Support</li>-->

								<!--<li>The Events Calendar</li>-->

								<!--<li>ThemeREX Donations</li>-->

								<!--<li>The GDPR Framework</li>-->

	                            <li>ThemeREX Addons <strong><i>(required)</i></strong></li>

								<!--<li>ThemeREX Pop-Up</li>-->

								<li>ThemeREX Updater</li>

								<li>TI WooCommerce Wishlist</li>

								<!--<li>Timetable and Event Schedule;</li>-->

								<!--<li>Twenty20 Image Before-After</li>-->

								<!--<li>WC Secondary Product Thumbnail</li>-->

								<!--<li>Widget for Social Page Feeds</li>-->

								<li>WooCommerce</li>

								<!--<li>WooCommerce Currency Switcher <i>(free version)</i></li>-->

								<!--<li>WooCommerce Social Media Share Buttons</li>-->



								<!--<li>WOOF - WooCommerce Products Filter</li>-->



								<!--<li>WP Live Chat Support</li>-->

	                           <!--<li>WP Image Markers - Easy Hotspot Solution</li>-->

								<!--<li>WPML - Sitepress Multilingual CMS <i class="red">(trial version)</i></li>

								<li>WPML String Translation <i class="red">(trial version)</i></li>

								<li>WPML Translation Management <i class="red">(trial version)</i></li>-->

								<!--<li>YITH WooCommerce Badge Management</li>-->

								<!--<li>YITH WooCommerce Compare</li>-->

								<!--<li>YITH WooCommerce Gift Cards</li>-->

								<!--<li>YITH WooCommerce Wishlist</li>-->
	                        </ul>

								<!--<p class="wrap-warning">
                                    <span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Please be aware that we do not include <a href="https://revolution.themepunch.com/bubble-morph-effect-add-on-for-wordpress" target="_blank">Slider Revolution Bubble Morph Add-On</a> into the theme's package. It is for demonstration purposes only.

                                </p>-->

								<!--<p class="wrap-warning">
                                    <span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Please be aware that we do not include <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/yith-woocommerce-wishlist/" target="_blank">YITH WooCommerce Wishlist</a> plug-in into the theme's package. It is for demonstration purposes only.

                                </p>-->


                            <!--<p class="wrap-warning"><span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Please be aware that we do not include the rest of the plug-ins into the theme's package. They are for demonstration purposes only.</p>

							<ul>
                                <li>
                                    <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woocommerce-social-media-share-buttons/faq/" target="_blank">WooCommerce Social Media Share Buttons</a>
                                </li>


                                <li>
                                    <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/yith-woocommerce-compare/" target="_blank">YITH WooCommerce Compare</a>
                                </li>


                                <li>
                                    <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/yith-woocommerce-wishlist/" target="_blank">YITH WooCommerce Wishlist</a>
                                </li>


	                        </ul>-->

						<p>
							You can find a detailed overview of each plug-in in the <a href="#extra_plugins">Plug-ins section</a> of this documentation file.
						</p>


						<div class="clearfix">
							<p class="wrap-warning">
								There is only one required plug-in for proper theme functioning, and that is <strong>ThemeREX Addons</strong>. The rest of the plug-ins are recommended for installation, but not required.
							</p>
						</div>

						<!--<div class="clearfix">
							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> <strong class="red">Each skin has its own set of plug-ins. </strong>
							</p>
						</div>


						<div id="accordion3" role="tablist">
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="header3One" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse3One">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse3One" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse3One">
											The list of plug-ins provided with each skin
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>

								<div id="collapse3One" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="header3One" data-parent="#accordion3">
									<div class="card-body">

										<strong>Agriculture Skin</strong>

											<a href="images/required_plugins_skin_36.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/required_plugins_skin_36.png" alt="">

											</a>

										<strong>Architect Skin</strong>

											<a href="images/required_plugins_skin_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/required_plugins_skin_1.png" alt="">

											</a>

										<strong>Barbershop Skin</strong>

											<a href="images/required_plugins_skin_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/required_plugins_skin_2.png" alt="">

											</a>



									</div>
								</div>
							</div>

						</div>-->


						<p>
							To make the theme look exactly as on the demo page, you would need to install the recommended plug-ins:
						</p>

						<ol>
							<li>
								After the installation/activation of ThemeREX Addons plug-in and theme activation, you will see a prompt with a list of plug-ins to install. Click on the <i>Begin installing plugins</i> link or go to <strong>Appearance > Install Plugins</strong>.<br>
								<div>
									<a href="images/required_plugins_hint.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/required_plugins_hint.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</div>
							</li>

							<li>
								Check the plug-ins you want to install, select the <strong>Install</strong> option and click <strong>Apply</strong>. Installation may take a few minutes, please be patient and do not refresh the page. <br>
								<div>
									<a href="images/required_plugins_apply_button.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/required_plugins_apply_button.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</div>
							</li>

							<li>
								Now, activate the plug-ins. Go to <strong>Appearance > Install Plugins</strong>, check all the listed plug-ins, choose <strong>Activate</strong> option and click Apply.
							</li>

						</ol>

						<!--<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>
							The theme comes with pre-built Privacy Policy page. In case you are planning to install the whole demo content, you can leave the <strong>GDPR Framework</strong> setup wizard, as this page will be set automatically after the demo data installation.
						</p>-->



						<p class="wrap-warning">
							In case you are running a shared hosting with limited resources (e.g. GoDaddy), we do recommend enabling only the essential plug-ins (e.g. ThemeREX Addons, Elementor) and disable the rest. Otherwise, it may significantly increase the memory consumption, which might lead to unwanted issues.
						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The installation and activation of <strong>bundled plug-ins</strong> run <strong>automatically</strong>. Anyway, if you have any issues, please extract <code>plugins.zip</code> archive (from the theme package) and proceed with the plug-ins installation <strong>manually</strong>.
						</p>

						<h4>Gutenberg Compatibility</h4>

							<p>
								Our theme is compatible with <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/gutenberg/" target="_blank">Gutenberg</a> page builder. You can <strong>create new pages</strong> using this editor, though you can still use pre-built custom header and footer layouts.
							</p>

							<p>
								<!--Gutenberg is not provided with the theme.--> All existing demo pages and layouts are built through Elementor Page Builder and should be customized via Elementor ONLY.
							</p>



							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> It is possible to switch between the page builders. <!--Please activate only ONE PAGE BUILDER at a time.-->Please use One page builder for creating/customizing One particular page/post/layout.
							</p>


						<!--<div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">

								<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/vVrDDc0ZVPU?start=278&end=288" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>

                            </div>

                        </div>-->



					<!-- Child Theme
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="installation_child_theme">Child Theme <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


					    <p>
						    If you want to make changes to the theme's files and functions, we <strong>strongly recommend</strong> installing a <a href="https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/advanced-topics/child-themes/" target="_blank">child theme</a>. This ensures that your theme customizations stay in place after the theme update. If you are not planning to change the core theme files, you are free to skip this chapter.
						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> Install the child theme before importing the demo data. Otherwise, all of your theme options will be reset.
					    </p>

					    <p>
						    A child theme is installed the same way you install a parent theme. Locate the <code>Daug-child.zip</code> file in the theme package and upload it via the WordPress admin panel. Alternatively, you can unzip it and upload via FTP (see <a href="#installation_via_ftp">main theme installation</a> chapter).
					    </p>

					    <h4>Using a Child Theme</h4>

						<p>
							Your child theme has its own <code>functions.php</code> file. Use it to copy modified functions from the parent theme's <code>functions.php</code>, or register new functions.
						</p>

						<p>
							You can <strong>copy all files</strong> from the parent theme into the child theme <strong>except</strong> files located in the following folders:
						</p>

					    <ul>

					        <li>
					        	<code>/includes</code>
					        </li>

					        <li>
					        	<code>/plugins</code>
					        </li>

							<li>
					        	<code>/theme-options</code>
					        </li>

							<li>
					        	<code>/theme-specifics</code>
					        </li>

					    </ul>

					    <p class="wrap-info">
				        	In the <code>/front-page</code> folder, you can copy all files except <code>front-page.options.php</code>.
				        </p>

						<p>
							If the file you want to edit is in one of these folders, you need to copy the required function from that file, and register it in the child theme's <code>functions.php</code>.
						</p>

						<p>
							The rest of the files can be copied and edited directly in the child theme folder.
						</p>

						<p class="wrap-info">
				        	When copying parent theme files into the child theme, <strong><i>preserve the original folder structure</i></strong>. Create respective folders and make sure that the file path is the same as in the parent theme.
				        </p>




				    <!-- Demo Content
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="installation_demo_content">Demo Content <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>

							Our theme includes a simple <strong>One-click demo data installation</strong>, which allows your site to look exactly as on the theme demo.

						</p>

						<p>
							Before installing demo data, please make sure you have activated your theme copy (entered the purchase code or Envato Elements token in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Theme Panel > Theme Dashboard > General</strong> tab) and installed all the required plug-ins. Check the <a href="#installation_plugins_installation">Plug-ins installation</a> section for more information about the required plug-ins.
						</p>

						<p>
							In case you do not have your <i>Purchase Code</i>, please navigate to your ThemeForest "Downloads" page and click on the theme download link. Check this <a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=help.market.envato.com%2Fhc%2Fen-us%2Farticles%2F202822600-Where-Is-My-Purchase-Code-" target="_blank">guide</a> for more details.
						</p>

						<p>
							To generate <strong>Envato Elements token</strong>, follow the link from your WP admin panel. Please view this <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/how-to-activate-the-theme-using-envato-elements-token/" target="_blank">guide</a> for more information.
						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Our theme supports <strong>RTL</strong> text direction <strong><i>(compatibility, without rtl-demo content)</i></strong>! Please FIRST choose the <strong>correct language</strong> in your WordPress settings (Dashboard > Settings > General > Site Language), then proceed with the demo data installation.
							<br><br>
							Our theme contains RTL styles. The page content should be manually adjusted for RTL text-direction using Elementor settings (e.g. changing the alignment of icons, etc).
						</p>



						<!--<div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">

								<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/vVrDDc0ZVPU?start=288&end=305" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>

                            </div>

                        </div>-->


						<p>
							In order to import the demo content go to <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > Theme Dashboard > Demo Data</strong>.
						</p>

							<div>

								<img src="images/install_demo_menu.png" alt="">

							</div>

						<p class="under_image_p">
							On the page that showed up set the required parameters.
						</p>

						<div>
							<a href="images/install_demo_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
								<img src="images/install_demo_settings.png" alt="">
							</a>
						</div>

						<h4 id="partial_import">Partial Import</h4>

							<p>
								When choosing the partial demo data import, the new content will be added to your existing data.
							</p>



							<p>
								Although this will <i>not</i> overwrite your existing content, we still <strong>recommend backing up your website</strong> before doing this.
							</p>

							<!--<p>
								The partial import option enables you to import separate pages, theme options, widgets settings, forms and slides.
							</p>


							<ul>

								<li>
									<strong>Posts, pages, taxonomies</strong> - imports <i class="red">pages only</i> (no post or taxonomy will be imported). Choose which page you want to import.
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Theme mods</strong> - imports the WordPress Customizer options, theme settings and menu locations;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Theme Options</strong> - plug-in settings;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Widgets</strong> - places widgets into widget areas and adds widget content;
								</li>

							</ul>-->

							<p>
								<i>Note, that the pages are imported without the original images. Instead, the image placeholders are used. This is done to keep your existing content intact.</i>
							</p>

							<p>
								Import separate pages means that you receive the page structured like on our demo, just widgets set that requires further customization: you should replace demo <a href="images/customization_category_ids.png" data-real-width="297" data-real-height="407" rel="prettyPhoto">categories/post ids</a> with your own ones.
							</p>

						<h4 id="whole_demo_content">Full Import</h4>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								<strong class="red">When choosing this option, <i>all the existing content</i> of your website <i>will be lost</i> and replaced with the new data. We recommend using this option for new WordPress installations only. </strong>
							</p>

								<!--<div>
									<a href="images/install_demo_settings2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/install_demo_settings2.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</div>-->



							<p>
								Use the full import option if you want to have an <strong>exact copy of the theme demo</strong>. It enables you to import all media files, pages, theme options, and plug-in settings.
							</p>

							<!--<p>
								The installation may also take a longer time to complete. Make sure to wait until it is finished, and do not reload your page.
							</p>-->

							<!--<ul>

								<li>
									<strong>Posts, pages, taxonomies</strong> - imports <strong class="red">all</strong> <i>pages, posts and taxonomies</i>;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Import media</strong> - imports images, videos, etc.;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Regenerate Thumbs</strong> <i>(recommended)</i> - resizes all the imported images to make your website load faster. This step takes additional server resources, so if you are using a low-end hosting service, you may encounter errors. In this case, skip this step and resize the images afterwards, using the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/regenerate-thumbnails/" target="_blank">Regenerate Thumbnails</a> plug-in.
								</li>

							</ul>-->

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								Some plug-ins increase the memory consumption. For example, <strong>BuddyPress</strong> and <strong>bbPress</strong> (not included into the theme's package) require additional <code class="dark">60-80Mb</code>. If you are having trouble installing the demo data, deactivate massive plug-ins and try again.
							</p>


							<p>
								In case <strong>demo data installation</strong> is stuck and you see <i>"Error load data from the file ... " error message</i>, you can manually install it by downloading the <strong>default.zip</strong> archive with demo data from our <a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/default.zip">server</a>. The archive should be unzipped. Then create <code>demo/</code> folder in <code>wp-content/themes/Daug/</code> directory and copy <code>/default</code> folder to <code>wp-content/themes/Daug/demo</code>.
							</p>

							<!--<p>
								In case <strong>demo data installation</strong> is stuck and you see <i>"Error load data from the file ... " error message</i>, you can manually install it by downloading the <strong>default.zip</strong> archive with demo data from our server: <a href="http://demofiles.themerex.net/Daug-new/demo/default.zip">LTR version</a> or <a href="http://demofiles.themerex.net/Daug-new-rtl/demo/default.zip">RTL version</a>. The archive should be unzipped. Then create <code>demo/</code> folder in <code>wp-content/themes/Daug/</code> directory and copy <code>/default</code> folder to <code>wp-content/themes/Daug/demo</code>.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								In case <strong>demo data installation</strong> is stuck and you see <i>"Error load data from the file ... " error message</i>, you can manually install it by downloading the <strong>skin_name.zip</strong> archive with demo data from our server <strong>for each skin separately</strong>.
								The archive should be unzipped. Then create <code>demo/</code> folder in <code>wp-content/themes/Daug/</code> directory and copy <code>/skin_name</code> folder to <code>wp-content/themes/Daug/demo</code>.

							</p>-->

							<p>
								<i>Treat the screenshot below as an example only. The list of folders inside a theme package may vary.</i>
							</p>

							<div class="clearfix" id="downloadable_demo">

								<a href="images/install-demo-folder-skin.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/install-demo-folder-skin.png" alt="">
								</a>

							</div>


							<p class="under_image_p">
								If the issue persists, please contact your hosting service provider to make sure that your server configuration meets the <a href="#installation_theme_requirements">Theme Requirements</a>. Otherwise, please refer your request to our <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support department</a>.
							</p>

							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>After the demo data installation you should set up the <strong>GDPR Framework</strong>. You can run the <strong>setup wizard</strong> or configure the plug-in manually by navigating to <strong>Tools (WP Dashboard) > Data443 GDPR</strong>. The theme comes with pre-built Privacy Policy page.
							</p>-->


							<!--<div id="accordion4" role="tablist">
								<div class="card">
									<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="header4One" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse4One">
										<h5 class="mb-0">
											<a data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse4One" aria-expanded="true" aria-controls="collapse4One">-->
											<!--<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse4One" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse4One">-->
												<!--The links for downloadable demo data for all skins
											</a>
										</h5>
									</div>

									<div id="collapse4One" class="collapse in" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="heading4One" data-parent="#accordion4">-->
									<!--<div id="collapse4One" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="header4One" data-parent="#accordion4">-->
										<!--<div class="card-body">

											<table width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5">

												<tr>
													<td width="25%" valign="top">

														<a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/agriculture.zip">Agriculture Skin</a><br>

													</td>

													<td width="25%" valign="top">

														<a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/dietitian.zip">Dietitian Skin</a><br>

													</td>

													<td width="25%" valign="top">

														<a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/luxury.zip">Luxury Skin</a><br>

													</td>

													<td width="25%" valign="top">

														<a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/portfolio-fullscreen.zip">Portfolio Fullscreen Skin</a><br>

													</td>
												</tr>

											</table>

										</div>
									</div>
								</div>

								<div class="card">
									<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="heading4Two"  data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse4Two">
										<h5 class="mb-0">
											<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse4Two" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse4Two">
												The links for importing <code class="dark">json</code> files of some separate pages from "Default" skin:
											</a>
										</h5>
									</div>
									<div id="collapse4Two" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="heading4Two" data-parent="#accordion4">
										<div class="card-body">
											<table width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5">

												<tr>
													<td width="33%" valign="top">

														<a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/Daug-pages/about-1.zip">About – 1 page</a><br>



													</td>

													<td width="33%" valign="top">

														<a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/Daug-pages/contacts-agency.zip">Contacts – Agency page</a><br>



													</td>

													<td width="33%" valign="top">

														<a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/Daug-pages/pricing.zip">Pricing page</a><br>



													</td>
												</tr>

											</table>

											<br>

											If you would like to download all these pages in one <code class="dark">zip</code> file, please click <a href="https://demofiles.ancorathemes.com/Daug/demo/Daug-pages/Daug-pages.zip">here</a>.
										</div>
									</div>
								</div>

							</div>-->






					<!-- Installation FAQs
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="installation_faqs">Installation FAQs <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


						<div id="accordion" role="tablist">
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="headingOne" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapseOne">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapseOne" aria-expanded="true" aria-controls="collapseOne">
											<i>"Link is expired - Try again"</i>  when uploading the theme in admin panel.
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>

								<div id="collapseOne" class="collapse in" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="headingOne" data-parent="#accordion">
									<div class="card-body">
										There are two ways to solve this problem.

										<ol>
											<li>Contact your web hosting service provider to increase your <code class="light">upload_max_filesize</code> to <code class="light">80M</code>.</li>
											<li>Upload the extracted theme package via an FTP client to <code class="light">wp-content/themes</code> directory.</li>

										</ol>

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="headingTwo"  data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapseTwo">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapseTwo" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapseTwo">
											Fatal error: Allowed memory size of xx bytes exhausted (tried to allocate xx bytes).
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapseTwo" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="headingTwo" data-parent="#accordion">
									<div class="card-body">
										The error occurs because of the low <code class="light">memory_limit</code>.  You can increase <code class="light">memory_limit</code> on your server in several ways, namely by editing:

										<ol>
											<li>wp-config.php file: <code class="light">define('WP_MEMORY_LIMIT', '128M');</code></li>
											<li>php.ini: <code class="light">memory_limit = 128M;</code></li>
											<li>.htaccess file: <code class="light">php_value memory_limit 128M;</code></li>
										</ol>
									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="headingThree" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapseThree">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapseThree" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapseThree">
											Fatal error: Call to undefined function <code class="light">mb_strtolower()</code> in ….
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapseThree" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="headingThree" data-parent="#accordion">
									<div class="card-body">
										Please contact your web hosting service provider to enable <code class="light">mbstring PHP</code> function in server settings. The function is needed for some languages, such as Japanese, Chinese etc. In case you can not enable the settings, please contact the <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support team</a> to get assistance with disabling the function in the theme.

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="headingFour" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapseFour">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapseFour" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapseFour">
											If you get a message to enter your FTP details when uploading the theme, this is connected with different file/folder owners.
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapseFour" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="headingFour" data-parent="#accordion">
									<div class="card-body">
										Edit <code class="light">wp-config.php</code> file and add the following lines after database information:
										<ul>
											<li><code class="light">define( 'FS_METHOD', 'direct' );</code></li>
											<li><code class="light">define('FS_CHMOD_DIR', 0770);</code></li>
											<li><code class="light">define('FS_CHMOD_FILE', 0660);</code></li>
										</ul>

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="headingFive" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapseFive">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapseFive" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapseFive">
											Demo data import does not work.
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapseFive" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="headingFive" data-parent="#accordion">
									<div class="card-body">
										Please contact your web hosting service provider to make sure that your PHP configuration limits are as follows:
										<ul>
											<li><code class="light">max_execution_time 600</code></li>
											<li><code class="light">memory_limit 128M</code></li>
											<li><code class="light">post_max_size 32M</code></li>
											<li><code class="light">upload_max_filesize 32M</code></li>
										</ul>
										<br>
										Then re-import demo data - it will be successful. In case you still have any issues, please contact our <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support team</a>.

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="headingSix" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapseSix">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapseSix" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapseSix">
											The import is stuck on Media.
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapseSix" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="headingSix" data-parent="#accordion">
									<div class="card-body">
										Please unselect "Media" in the list on the "Install demo data" screen and import the rest of the data. Our Support team can provide the demo media archive, so you could upload media via FTP, just submit a <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support ticket</a>.

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
						</div>



					<!-- Theme Update
					============================ -->
				    <h3 id="installation_theme_update">Theme Update <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


						<p>
							This step is required if you received the notification that a new version of the theme is available. You can see this information in Changelog section at the bottom of the item's details page.
						</p>

					    <p>
					        Before you go ahead with the update <strong class="red">make sure to backup your old theme's folder</strong>. Download it to your computer locally.
					    </p>

						<!--<h4 id="update_to_v2">Update your version to 2.0.0 (for versions 1.8.0 and lower ONLY!) </h4>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Theme version 2.0.0 is built using <strong>NEW page builder</strong>, that is why all old shortcodes ([trx_section], [trx_chat], [trx_columns], etc.) WILL NOT work any more. You should <strong>reassemble</strong> all existing content through <strong>Elementor page builder</strong>. In case you prefer <i>WPBakery Page Builder</i>, the set of shortcodes will be limited to default WPBakery Page Builder's shortcodes.

							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>Please follow the steps below in order to update your version properly:</strong>
							</p>

							<ol>
								<li>Make FULL BACKUP of your website database. You can also export your content as an <code>xml</code> file. Navigate to <strong>Tools (WP Database) > Export</strong>, choose "All content" and click on "Download Export file" button.</li>
								<li>Deactivate "ThemeREX Utilities" plug-in before deactivating the theme or uploading a new theme version!</li>
								<li>Create the <strong>backup of the theme folder</strong> <code>wp-content/themes/Daug</code>. You may download it to your desktop or simply rename the folder.</li>
								<li>Proceed to <strong>Appearance > Themes</strong>, deactivate the old theme version, delete it, upload the new one (version 2.0.0) and activate it.<br>
								Please check the website after the theme activation. As you can see all the content should be setup again. In case you decide to revert to the previous theme version, just upload your old theme version. All content, shortcodes and theme settings will remain the same.</li>
								<li>Install and activate <strong>ThemeREX Addons</strong> plug-in.</li>
								<li>
									Enter your <strong>Purchase Code</strong> or <strong>Envato Elements Token</strong> and some personal information. Theme activation allows you to get access to plug-ins, demo content, support and updates.
									<br><br>
									To get the <strong>purchase code</strong>, please navigate to your <strong>ThemeForest "Downloads" page</strong> and click on the theme download link. Check this <a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=help.market.envato.com%2Fhc%2Fen-us%2Farticles%2F202822600-Where-Is-My-Purchase-Code-" target="_blank">guide</a> for more details.
									<br><br>
									In case you have downloaded the theme from <strong>Envato Elements</strong>, please view our <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/how-to-activate-the-theme-using-envato-elements-token/" target="_blank">guide</a> to find out how to generate Envato Elements token.

									<a href="images/theme_activation.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/theme_activation.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
								<li>
									Install and activate recommented plug-ins in <strong>Appearance > Install Plugins</strong> or just click on the <i>Begin installing plugins</i> link.

									<a href="images/required_plugins_hint.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/required_plugins_hint.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</li>
								<li>Import demo content by navigating to <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > Theme Dashboard > Demo Data</strong>.
									<br><br>
									<p class="wrap-info">
										In case you want to preserve your previous content, we recommend you to use "Partial import" option. In this case the new content will be added to your existing data.

										<a href="images/partial_demo_import.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/partial_demo_import.png" alt="">

										</a>
									</p>


									You can generate pre-built header/footer layouts in <a href="#theme_specific">Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > Theme Specific > Create Layouts</a>.

									<a href="images/import_layouts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/import_layouts.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</li>

								<li>Proceed to the <strong>Settings (WP Dashboard) > Reading</strong> section to set new page as a homepage.

									<a href="images/settings_reading.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/settings_reading.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
								<li>
									&nbsp;Please insert all page content (images, text, etc.) through Elementor page builder.

									<a href="images/adding_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/adding_content.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>



							</ol>-->

					    <h4 id="theme_update_plugin">Update Option 1. Update using the <i>ThemeREX Updater</i> plug-in<!-- <br><i>(for theme version 1.0.5 and above only!)</i>--></h4>

							<ol>

								<li>
									Please make sure the <i>ThemeREX Updater</i> plug-in is installed and activated. This plug-in is provided with the theme.
								</li>

								<li>
									<span class="label label-info">Optional!</span> If you have activated your <a href="images/theme_activation.png" data-real-width="1264" data-real-height="918" rel="prettyPhoto">theme copy</a> (entered the purchase code or Envato Elements token in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > Theme Dashboard > General</strong> tab) you can omit this step.
									<br>
									Otherwise, navigate to <strong>Appearance > ThemeREX Updater</strong> and enter your purchase code to get the latest versions of bundled plug-ins and theme updates through the WordPress admin panel. To get the code, please navigate to your ThemeForest "Downloads" page and click on the theme download link. Check this <a href="https://1.envato.market/c/1262870/275988/4415?subId1=ancora&u=help.market.envato.com%2Fhc%2Fen-us%2Farticles%2F202822600-Where-Is-My-Purchase-Code-" target="_blank">guide</a> for more details.
									<br>Please note, this section requires a <strong>purchase code ONLY!</strong> Envato Elements token will not work here!

									<a href="images/theme_purchase_code.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/theme_purchase_code.png" alt="">

									</a>

									<a href="images/theme_purchase_code_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/theme_purchase_code_2.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</li>

								<li>
									We recommend you to check the "Create backups" option (<strong>Appearance > ThemeREX Updater</strong> tab) to allow the system create backups for plug-ins versions and the theme automatically.
								</li>

								<li>
									Proceed to <strong>WP Dashboard > Updates</strong> and check if any updates are available.

									<a href="images/theme_update_notices.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/theme_update_notices.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</li>

								<li>
									Choose the options for an update (plug-in, theme, etc.) and click on Update button.
								</li>

								<li>
									You can restore the backups created by the system in <strong>WP Dashboard > Updates</strong> or in <strong>Appearance > ThemeREX Updater</strong> (if the "Create backups" option was checked before the update).

									<a href="images/theme_backups.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/theme_backups.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

							</ol>

					    <h4>Update Option 2. Update using WordPress uploader</h4>


						    <ol>
							    <li>
							    	Log into your ThemeForest account and navigate to <strong>Downloads</strong> tab. Find the theme and download <strong>Installable WordPress file only</strong>.

									<div class="clearfix">

										<img src="images/theme_update.jpg" alt="">

									</div>

								</li>


							    <li>
							    	Log into your WordPress website and go to <strong>Appearance > Themes</strong>.
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Activate a default WordPress theme. Delete the older version of your theme and re-upload the new <strong>WordPress Installable files</strong> that you have downloaded from ThemeForest during the 1st step.
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Once it is uploaded, activate the theme.<br><br>
									<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> If you're using a <a href="#installation_child_theme">child theme</a>, <strong class="red">do not activate</strong> the newly uploaded <strong>parent theme</strong>. Activate your old child theme instead. Otherwise, <strong class="red"><i>all the child theme customizations will be lost</i></strong>.
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Update (if necessary!) the included plug-ins, if you see a notification message prompting about a newer version.

									<ul>
										<li>Navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Plugins > Installed Plugins</strong>.</li>
										<li>Update <strong>ThemeREX Addons</strong> plug-in. You can click on "Update" button (if available in a particular theme) or deactivate and delete this plug-in. Then follow the prompt to install it again. This will load a new plug-in version on the site. </li>
										<li>Deactivate and delete the rest plug-in(s) of old version.</li>
										<li>Go to <strong>Appearance > Install Plugins</strong> and install the plug-in(s) like it was described in the <a href="#installation_plugins_installation">Plugins Installation</a> section of this documentation.</li>
									</ul>

							    </li>

							</ol>





						<h4>Update Option 3. Update using FTP client</h4>

						    <ol>

							    <li>
							    	Log into your ThemeForest account and get the last version of the theme as described above.
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Connect to your server using desktop client software (we recommend Filezilla and CyberDuck).
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Change directory to <code>/wp-content/themes</code>.
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Remove/rename existing folder with old theme files.
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Unpack theme installable files downloaded from ThemeForest and upload them to the <code>themes</code> folder.
							    </li>

							    <li>
							    	Update (if necessary!) the included plug-ins  in the way described above, if you see a notification message prompting about a newer version.


							    </li>

							</ol>







				</div>







				<!-- Theme Customizer
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="theme_customizer">
					<h2 class="page-header">Theme Customizer</h2>


						<p>
							Now let's navigate to <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Customize</strong> to flexibly control the appearance and behavior of the whole website as well as individual types of posts, pages and categories.<br>

						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Please be aware that our theme provides a special inheritance hierarchy system for "Theme Options" settings. It means that individual settings of each page may override global settings made with Customizer Panel. <br>Settings of "Blog", "WooCommerce", <!--"The Events Calendar",--> "Plugins settings" (such as Portfolio, Services, Team and Testimonials<!--, Give and Events-->) and other groups may also override default/general settings available through Customizer.

						</p>
						<div>

							<a href="images/customizer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/customizer.png" alt="">

							</a>

						</div>



						<p class="under_image_p">
							Moreover, you can see the changes of the front-end right after the alterations - when the needed parameter is selected, without switching from admin to front-end each time. When you are done with the changes, you should click on <strong>Publish</strong> button at the top of the Customizer's side menu.
						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Please be aware that all the Customizer's settings are also available for editing through <strong>Theme Panel (WordPress Dashboard Menu) > Theme Options</strong> section.

							<a href="images/customizer_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/customizer_1.png" alt="">

							</a>
						</p>

						<!--<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> <span style="color: #fa0505;">The settings described below are for <strong>Default Skin</strong>.</span>
						</p>-->



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_logo">Logo &amp; Site Identity <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Settings of this group are responsible for managing site identity features. This is the initial place where you should upload your logo.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

	                        <div class="col-md-5">

	                            <a href="images/logo_site_identity_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                <img src="images/logo_site_identity_options.png" alt="">

	                            </a>

	                        </div>

							<div class="col-md-5">

	                            <a href="images/logo_site_identity_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                <img src="images/logo_site_identity_options_1.png" alt="">

	                            </a>

	                        </div>

	                    </div>


                        <h4>Site Title</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	The text entered into this field appears as the logo title <i>(if the image logo is not uploaded and "Use Site Name as Logo" option is enabled)</i> and as the website's title in your browser tab.
	                        </p>


                        <h4>Tagline</h4>

                        	<p>
                        		The text entered into this field appears as the website slogan under the logo. By default, the tagline is used if no image logo is selected and "Use Site Name as Logo" option is enabled.
                        	</p>

						<div class="wrap-warning">
							<p>You can modify the site <strong>title</strong> and <strong>tagline</strong> appearance by inserting special characters, e.g.:</p>

							<ul>
								<li><code class="light">||</code> - line break;</li>
								<li><code class="light">{{</code> ... <code class="light">}}</code> - modifies style and color of parts of the text;</li>
								<li><code class="light">[[</code> ... <code class="light">]]</code> - makes the text bold;</li>
							</ul>
						</div>


                        <h4>Site Icon (Favicon)</h4>

                        	<p>
                        		The site icon (favicon) is used as a browser and app icon for your site. Icons must be square, and at least 512 pixels wide and tall.
                        	</p>

						<h4>Logo-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings allow managing your logo images (main, <!--side,--> for mobile header and mobile menu), as well as their Retina versions (if "Allow retina display logo" option is checked). As a rule, the retina logo should be twice as big as the regular logo in order to be displayed properly.<br>Here you can also zoom the logo. 1 - original size. Please note, that the maximum size of the logo depends on the actual size of the image. This option works if max height of the logo is set in <code>em</code> in Elementor "Layouts: Logo" widget.
								<br>
								<a href="images/logo_max_height.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/logo_max_height.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>"Use Site Name as Logo"</strong> option displays the site title and tagline as a text logo if no image is selected.
							</p>

						<h4>Uploading Logo via Layouts</h4>

							<p>
								The logo uploaded in the Customizer can be overwritten by the logo image selected in the Header layout. This allows you to upload a different logo image for each page.
							</p>
								<div>

									<a href="images/layouts_adding_logo.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_adding_logo.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

								<ol>
									<li>Check what header style is selected in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header > Header style</strong>. (You can choose a different header style for a particular page in its Theme Options.) </li>
									<li>Navigate to the <strong>Layouts > All Layouts</strong> and open this header layout.</li>
									<li>Locate the Elementor <i>Layouts: Logo widget</i> (ThemeREX Addons Layouts group) and click on the <strong>Edit</strong> button.</li>
									<li>Upload a new logo in the <strong>panel > Content</strong> tab and save the changes.</li>
								</ol>




					<h3 id="customizer_settings_general_settings">General <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look of the site.
                        </p>


                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/general_settings_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/general_settings_options.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/general_settings_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/general_settings_options_1.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/general_settings_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/general_settings_options_2.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>
                        </div>


	                    <h4>Layout settings:</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can choose the body style, page margins, the page width (site content + sidebar) in pixels as well as apply a background image and page extra spaces for "Boxed" body style.
	                        </p>

							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> These settings work with default WordPress page output and can be overridden by the content width set in the Elementor Editor for a particular page.
							</p>-->
							<ul>

	                            <li>
	                            	<strong>Boxed</strong> - the page's body is in the area of limited screen width, and the background image is visible.
	                            </li>


	                            <li>
	                            	<strong>Wide</strong> - the page's body occupies an entire screen width (background image is behind it and is not visible), and the content occupies the fixed width area in the center of the screen.
	                            </li>

								<!--<li>
									<strong>Wide Extra (without paddings)</strong> - Wide style without side panels with social icons and text.
								</li>-->

								<!--<li>
	                            	<strong>Wide with custom background image</strong> - the page's body occupies an entire screen width (background image is behind it, but it stays visible), and the content occupies the fixed width area in the center of the screen. The header image is not viewed. The global background image setting can be overridden by the settings made via the WPBakery Page Builder backend editor (<strong>Row Settings > Design Options</strong> tab) in custom layouts or any other content block.
	                            </li>-->




	                       </ul>

							<!--<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-6">

									<p><strong>Boxed</strong></p>

									<a href="images/content_options_body_boxed.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/content_options_body_boxed.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

								<div class="col-md-6">

									<p><strong>Wide</strong></p>

									<a href="images/content_options_body_wide.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/content_options_body_wide.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>




							</div>-->

							<!--<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-6">

									<p><strong>Wide Extra (without paddings)</strong></p>

									<a href="images/content_options_body_wide_w_o_paddings.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/content_options_body_wide_w_o_paddings.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

								<div class="col-md-6">

									<p><strong>Wide with custom background image</strong></p>

									<a href="images/content_options_body_wide_bg_image.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/content_options_body_wide_bg_image.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

							</div>-->



							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> In the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular page additional body styles are available: fullwidth and fullscreen.

								<a href="images/theme_options_body_styles.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/theme_options_body_styles.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</p>
							<br>

							<ul>
								<!--<li>
	                            	<strong>Wide</strong> - the page's body occupies an entire screen width (background image is behind it and is not visible), and the content occupies the fixed width area in the center of the screen.
	                            </li>-->

	                            <li>
	                            	<strong>Fullwidth</strong> - the page's body occupies almost all screen width.
								</li>



								<li>
									<strong>Fullscreen</strong> - the page's body occupies an entire screen width.
								</li>

								<!--<li>
									<strong>Fullscreen with gab</strong> - fullscreen style with margins from left and right sides, and the background image is visible.
								</li>-->

							</ul>


							<!--<div class="clearfix">



								<div class="col-md-6">

									<p><strong>Fullwidth</strong></p>

									<a href="images/content_options_body_fullwidth.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/content_options_body_fullwidth.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>



								<div class="col-md-6">

									<p><strong>Fullscreen</strong></p>

									<a href="images/content_options_body_fullscreen.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/content_options_body_fullscreen.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>




							</div>-->

							<!--<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-6">

									<p><strong>Fullscreen with gab</strong></p>

									<a href="images/content_options_body_fullscreen_2.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/content_options_body_fullscreen_2.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>


							</div>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Body color</strong> - specify the background color for the content area.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>"Body background image"</strong> option sets the background image for the content + header areas (for all body styles) in case the background image is not specified for a particular row/column/element in the Elementor page builder. By default, the following image is set globally as the body background one:

								<a href="images/body_bg_image.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/body_bg_image.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Decoration bubbles</strong> - enables decoration bubbles effect <i>(for <strong>"ELearning" Skin</strong> ONLY!)</i>. The bubbles effect is created through CSS styles.

								<a href="images/bubbles_effect.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/bubbles_effect.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>The following options are available for "Craftsman" Skin ONLY!</strong>
							</p>

							<ul>
								<li><strong>Use pattern</strong> - enables a repeated decorative element, which is used as a background for the website. It works for Wide/Fullwidth/Fullscreen body styles ONLY! The default pattern on our demo is added through the CSS styles. The image <code>main-bg-pattern.png</code> is located in <code>/Daug/skins/craftsman/images/</code> folder. Anyway, you can upload your own custom pattern using the following option:<br><br>

									<ul>
										<li><strong>Custom pattern</strong> - specify a custom pattern. It should be <code>300px x 300px</code>. It works for Wide/Fullwidth/Fullscreen body styles ONLY!</li>
									</ul>

								</li>

								<li><strong>Extra background image</strong> - upload an image, which is used as a background one for the content area of a page. The image will be stretched to page size. It works for Wide/Fullwidth/Fullscreen body styles ONLY!</li>
							</ul>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Grained textures</strong> - enables background texture <i>(for <strong>"Creative Agency" Skin</strong> ONLY!)</i>. <br>The pattern is added through the CSS styles. The image <code>pattern.png</code> can be found in <code>/Daug/skins/creative-agency/images/patterns/</code> folder.

								<a href="images/pattern.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/pattern.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Dynamic Bitcoin rate</strong> - enables Dynamic Bitcoin rate on Binance-Cryptocurrency Exchange, displayed in the browser tab <i>(for <strong>"Cryptocurrency" Skin</strong> ONLY!)</i>.

								<a href="images/dynamic_bitcoin_rate.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/dynamic_bitcoin_rate.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

						<h4 id="theme_navigation">Navigation settings</h4>

							<!--<p>
	                            These settings allow specifing the behavior of mobile menu on full screen and selecting the style of scroll to top button.
	                        </p>-->

							<p>
	                            These settings allow specifing the behavior of the widgets area on Fullscreen Mobile Menu and selecting the style of scroll to top button.
	                        </p>

	                        <!--<p>
	                            These settings allow choosing the menu position and behavior on mobile devices.
	                        </p>

							<p>
								"Mobile menu fullscreen" - this setting displays mobile menu on full screen (if checked) or slide narrow menu from the side (if not checked).
								"Mobile menu fullscreen" - this setting displays mobile and side menus on full screen (if checked) or slide narrow menu from the left or from the right side (if not checked).

								<a href="images/mobile_menu_fullscreen.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/mobile_menu_fullscreen.png" alt="">
								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>"Menu mobile image"</strong> option places the selected image to the left of the mobile menu.

								<a href="images/mobile_menu_image.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/mobile_menu_image.png" alt="">
								</a>
							</p>-->



							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>For Left/Right Menu position two additional options are available:</strong>
							</p>



							<ul>
								<li>
									"Stretch sidemenu" - stretches the sidemenu to the window height (if menu items number >= 5).
								</li>

								<li>
									"Iconed sidemenu" - gets the icons from the anchors and displays them in the sidemenu, or marks sidemenu items with simple dots.
								</li>

							</ul>-->

							<ul>
								<li><strong>"Mobile menu socials"</strong> - enable social icons. The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.

									<a href="images/mobile_menu_socials.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/mobile_menu_socials.png" alt="">
									</a>

								</li>

								<!--<li><strong>Mobile menu fullscreen</strong> display mobile and side menus on full screen (if checked) or slide narrow menu from the left or from the right side (if not checked).

									<a href="images/mobile_menu_fullscreen.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/mobile_menu_fullscreen.png" alt="">
									</a>

								</li>-->

								<li><strong>"Mobile menu fullscreen widgets"</strong> - enable area with widgets on fullscreen menu.<br><i>It works on wide screens, desktops, notebooks, tablets and is hidden on mobile devices!</i><!--Please treat the code for mobile widgets as an example only!-->

									<a href="images/mobile_menu_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/mobile_menu_widgets.png" alt="">
									</a>

									<div class="spoil">

										<div class="sp_top">
											<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
										</div>

										<div class="sp_text">
											<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
												<pre class="prettyprint">
&lt;div class="extra_item"&gt;
&lt;h6&gt;Have a Project?&lt;/h6&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:info@website.com"&gt;info@website.com&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div class="extra_item"&gt;
&lt;h6&gt;Want to Work With Us?&lt;/h6&gt;
&lt;a href="#"&gt;Send Brief&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div class="extra_item"&gt;
&lt;h6&gt;Want to Buy Cosmetics?&lt;/h6&gt;
&lt;a href="#"&gt;Go to Shop&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</pre>
										</div>

									</div><br>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Select mobile menu widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show on Fullscreen Mobile Menu. The widgets can be managed in <strong>Appearance > Widgets</strong>.
										</li>

									</ul>



								</li>


								<li>
									<strong>Scroll to top style</strong> - choose one of available styles of scroll to top button. This option requires the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> plug-in to be installed and active.

									<br><br>

									For <strong>"Modern"</strong> style the following option is available:<br><br>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Scroll to top color scheme watchers</strong> - regulate the color scheme of the scroll to top button depending on the color scheme of page sections.

											<a href="gifs/scroll_to_top_color_scheme_watchers.gif" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
												<img src="gifs/scroll_to_top_color_scheme_watchers.gif" alt="">
											</a>
										</li>

									</ul>

								</li>




							</ul>


						<h4>Sticky Elements</h4>

						<p>
							Here you can control page elements with fixed position in the middle of the screen, when you scroll down the page.
						</p>

						<p>

							<strong>Sticky socials</strong> - this option enables the social icons on the left side of the page. The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab. Please also check our <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UDI1boWdpag&feature=youtu.be" target="_blank">video tutorial</a>.

							<a href="images/sticky_socials.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
								<img src="images/sticky_socials.png" alt="">
							</a>
						</p>

						<br>

						<ul>

							<li>
								<strong>Sticky socials style</strong> - choose one of available styles of social icons. This option requires the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> plug-in to be installed and active.


								<br><br>

								For <strong>"Modern"</strong> style the following option is available:<br><br>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Sticky socials color scheme watchers</strong> - regulates the color scheme of the social icons depending on the color scheme of page sections.

											<a href="gifs/socials_color_scheme_watchers.gif" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
												<img src="gifs/socials_color_scheme_watchers.gif" alt="">
											</a>
										</li>
									</ul>
							</li>

						</ul>






						<h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

								<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar.</li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

											For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
											For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong> - specify the width of the sidebar (in pixels).</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar gap</strong> - specify the gap between content and sidebar (in pixels).</li>


										</ul>

									</li>






									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Widgets-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>


	                    <h4>Design &amp; Effects-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can <!--select a border radius for the form fields and buttons and--> specify image's<!--/button's--> hovers.
	                        </p>

							<p>
								Below you can find an example of image's hover effect with the option set to "Dots".

								<a href="images/image_hover.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/image_hover.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</p>


	                    <h4>Miscellaneous setting</h4>

                            <p>
                                This setting is responsible for specifying SEO-related parameters.
                            </p>



						<h4>Text with Privacy Policy link</h4>
							<p>
								Specify the text for the checkbox in a <a href="#shortcodes_settings_form">default form</a> (<i>Elementor "Form" widget</i>)<!--, comment form on single posts--> and in registration form (<i>"Layouts: Login Link" widget</i>). This text will be displayed before the Privacy Policy link.

								<a href="images/default_form_privacy_policy.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/default_form_privacy_policy.png" alt="">
								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								In order to add/customize the Privacy Policy link, navigate to <strong>Settings (WP Dashboard) > Privacy</strong> and specify the page that will be used as a Privacy Policy one. If you do not want to display <i>"For further details on handling user data, see our Privacy Policy"</i> text, just leave this setting empty.

								<a href="images/privacy_policy_page.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/privacy_policy_page.png" alt="">
								</a>

								<a href="images/privacy_policy_page_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/privacy_policy_page_1.png" alt="">
								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> In case you are planning to use default forms without consent checkboxes, just leave the "Text with Privacy Policy link" option empty!
							</p>



							<!--<p>As a result "For further details on handling user data, see our Privacy Policy." text with a link is added to default form.

								<a href="images/default_form_privacy_policy_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/default_form_privacy_policy_2.png" alt="">
								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								<strong>Added to compare text</strong> - the tooltip text displayed when the item is added to the compare properties list (if you click on scales icon).

								<a href="images/add_to_compare_list.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/add_to_compare_list.png" alt="">
								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Removed from compare text</strong> - the tooltip text displayed when the item is deleted from the compare properties list (if you click on scales icon).

								<a href="images/remove_from_compare.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/remove_from_compare.png" alt="">
								</a>
							</p>-->



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_header">Header <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Settings of this group allow you to manage an overall look and behavior of the header elements.
                        </p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							You can set up header settings for a specific page in the <a href="#custom_page_settings">Theme Options > Header</a> section of that page.
						</p>


                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/header_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/header_options.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/header_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/header_options_1.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <!-- <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/header_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/header_options_2.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>   -->


                        </div>


                        <h4>Style-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings allow managing the style ("Default" or "Custom") and position of the header area as well as zooming the header title. For <strong>custom header</strong> style you can specify the header layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> plug-in is activated).
	                        </p>



							<p><strong><i>Available Custom Header Layouts:</i></strong></p>

							<ol>
								<li><strong>Header Default</strong> <!--(without header)-->
								<!--<br><i>This is a set of default (predefined) burger menu styles, available with this theme. Feel free to customize them according to your needs. Please follow the link above and examine all examples closely. In the example below the "Header Color Scheme" option is set to "Dark" and the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page. The background image is a part of content. Please see Homepage 3 (Boxed) for more information.</i>-->
									<a href="images/layouts_header_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_1.png" alt="">

									</a>


									<!--<p class="wrap-info">
										<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The background image for the header area on a single post is inherited from the featured image of a particular post as "Header image override" option is enabled globally in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header</strong>.

									</p>-->

								</li>

								<li><strong>Header Default Light Logo</strong> <!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>-->
								<!--<br><i>In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content. Please see Homepage 2 for more information.</i>-->
									<a href="images/layouts_header_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_header_2.png" alt="">
									</a>

									<!--View on tablets

									<a href="images/layouts_header_2_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_header_2_2.png" alt="">
									</a>-->
								</li>

								<li><strong>Header Default Single</strong> <!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>-->
								<!--<br><i>In the example below the header area overflows content. The background image/color is a part of content of the page.</i>-->
									<a href="images/layouts_header_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_header_3.png" alt="">
									</a>


								</li>

								<li><strong>Header Main Dark Logo Sticky</strong> <!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>--><!--<i>(with "Event" page title)</i>--><!--<i>(with breadcrumbs)</i>--><!--<br><i>In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Modern Church" homepage for more information.</i>-->
									<a href="images/layouts_header_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_4.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>


								<li><strong>Header Main Light Logo</strong> <!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>--><!--<i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>--><!--<i>(the image will be replaced with a featured image of a single service post)</i> <i>(with post title, post meta and featured image)</i>-->
								<!--<br><i>This is a set of default (predefined) header styles, available with this theme. Feel free to customize them according to your needs.</i>-->
								<!--<br><i>In the example below the header area overflows content. The background image is a part of content of the page.</i>-->

									<a href="images/layouts_header_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_5.png" alt="">

									</a>

									<!--View on tablets

									<a href="images/layouts_header_5_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_header_5_2.png" alt="">
									</a>-->
								</li>

								<li><strong>Header Simple</strong><!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>--><!-- <i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>--> <!--(with empty header area)
								<br>This header layout contains white logo. That is why in the example below we have added the body background image in the Theme Options on a particular page.-->

									<a href="images/layouts_header_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_6.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

								<!--<li><strong></strong> --><!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>--><!--<i>(with "Our Performers" page title)</i>-->
								<!--<br><i>In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content.</i>-->
								<!--<br><i>--><!--In the example below the header area overflows content.--><!--In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Pawn Shop" homepage for more information.</i>-->

									<!--<a href="images/layouts_header_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_7.png" alt="">

									</a>-->

									<!--Sticky Menu

									<a href="images/layouts_header_7_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_header_7_2.png" alt="">
									</a>-->
								<!--</li>-->
								<!--<li><strong></strong>--><!-- <br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i><i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>
								<br><i>In the example below the header area overflows content. Please see Home Main for more information.</i>-->

									<!--<a href="images/layouts_header_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_8.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->


								<!--<li><strong></strong> --><!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i><i>(with left alligned page title and post meta)</i>

								<br><i>In the example below the header area overflows content area and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Cheesemaking" page for more information.</i>-->

									<!--<a href="images/layouts_header_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_9.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->
								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>--><!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>-->
								<!--<br><i>In the example below the header area overflows content area and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Taoism" homepage for more information.</i>

									<a href="images/layouts_header_10.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_10.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->
								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong> --><!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i><i>(designed for single portfolio posts, without bottom paddings to content)</i>-->

									<!--<a href="images/layouts_header_11.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_11.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->
								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>

									<a href="images/layouts_header_12.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_12.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->
								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>--> <!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>
								<br>In the example below the image placeholder is used instead on the featured image of a single portfolio post.-->
								<!--<br><i>(with "Donation" page title)</i>

									<a href="images/layouts_header_13.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_13.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->

								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong> --><!--<br><i>(with Food Festival Menu)</i>
								<br>In the example below the image placeholer is used instead on the featured image of a single portfolio post.-->
								<!--<br><i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>

									<a href="images/layouts_header_14.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_14.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->
								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong> </strong>



									<a href="images/layouts_header_15.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_15.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
								<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong> <i>(designed for "Light" header color scheme)</i>

									<a href="images/layouts_header_16.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_16.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
								<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong> <br><i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>



									<a href="images/layouts_header_17.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_17.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->
								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>

									<br><i>This header layout is designed for portfolio item posts with autoplayed video in the header area.</i>

									<a href="images/layouts_header_18.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_18.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
								<li>&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/search/" target="_blank">Search (variations)</a></strong>
									<br><i>This is a set of default (predefined) search styles, available with this theme. Please follow the link above, click on the search icons and examine all examples closely. In the example below the "Header Color Scheme" option is set to "Dark" and the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page. The background image is a part of content. Please see Homepage 3 (Boxed) for more information.</i>


									<a href="images/layouts_header_19.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_header_19.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->

							</ol>


							<p>
								Please also see <a href="#layouts_settings_header">header-related layouts section</a> of this documentation file. All elements of pre-built custom header areas can be edited in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> and this <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uC-7no1Cprk" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> for more information. <br><br>
								To avoid "Sticky Menu" behavior select <strong>"Don't fix"</strong> option in the <strong>Edit Section > panel > Custom Layout > Fix this row when scroll</strong> (for the section with the menu element). Check also the <a href="#layouts">Layouts</a> description.


								<a href="images/elementor_layout_sticky_menu.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_layout_sticky_menu.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								You can also watch this video tutorial on how to enable sticky header:
							</p>

							<div class="clearfix">

                                <div class="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">

									<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/_okSp4Rw9LI" title="YouTube video player" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowfullscreen></iframe>

                                </div>

                            </div>
							<br>

							<p><strong><i>Available Default Header Style:</i></strong>
							<!--<br><i>By default the logo is white that is why we used dark header color scheme in the example below.</i>-->

								<a href="images/default_header_style.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/default_header_style.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p>
								The header area in <strong>"Default" style</strong> is created via the Global Customize settings (Appearance > Customize). You can also navigate to the <code>.../wp-content/themes/Daug/skins/default/templates/</code> folder and edit the corresponding template file <strong>header-default.php</strong>.
							</p>

							<p><strong>Header Position</strong></p>

							<p>
								The <i>Header position</i> setting controls the way your header behaves in regards to the main body area.
							</p>

							<ul>
								<li><strong>Default</strong> - the default header position. The header occupies a separate section and does not collide with other website elements.</li>
								<li><strong>Over</strong> - ideally is used <i>for pages with sliders</i>. The header elements overflow the section that follows next, and the header background becomes transparent.</li>
								<li><strong>Under</strong> - sets the header area stuck behind the content area when scrolling down the page.</li>
							</ul>

							<p>
								<strong>"Header fullheight"</strong> option enlarges the header area to fill the whole screen. It is used only if the header contains a background image.
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>"Header fullwidth"</strong> option stretches the header widgets area to the entire window width.
							</p>


						<h4>Widgets-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            Here you can specify the widgets set for the header area. You can customize the widgets in <strong>Appearance > Widgets</strong> section.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Header Style 404</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            This section is responsible for customizing the header area on <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/404/" target="_blank">Error 404</a> page. You can choose between "Default" or <a href="#layouts_settings_header">"Custom"</a> header styles. For custom header style please specify the header layout (Dashboard > Layouts tab).
	                        </p>

                        <h4>Header Background Image-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings allow selecting a header background image or background video as well as choosing whether to override the header image with the post's/page's featured image or not.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Mobile header settings <i>(for Default Header style)</i></h4>

							<p>
	                            Here you can enable the mobile header. It lets you show/hide such elements as <i>logo</i>, <i>search form</i>, <i>login link</i>, and <i>shopping cart</i>. You can also use the <strong>Additional Info section</strong>, a text block where you can add information about your business, such as telephone number, open hours, etc.
	                        </p>



					<!-- Header FAQs
					============================ -->
					<h3 id="header_faqs">Header FAQs <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


						<div id="accordion2" role="tablist">
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="header2One" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse2One">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse2One" aria-expanded="true" aria-controls="collapse2One">
											Where can I change the header style for my website?
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>

								<div id="collapse2One" class="collapse in" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="header2One" data-parent="#accordion2">
									<div class="card-body">
										Go to <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header</strong> and adjust the <i>Header Style</i> setting.

										<a href="images/header_faqs_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/header_faqs_1.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="heading2Two"  data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse2Two">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse2Two" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse2Two">
											Where to customize a header style?
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapse2Two" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="heading2Two" data-parent="#accordion2">
									<div class="card-body">
										Check which header style you are currently using in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header > Header Style</strong>.
										<a href="images/header_faqs_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/header_faqs_1.png" alt="">

										</a>
										<strong>"Default" header style</strong> is created via the Global Customize settings (Appearance > Customize). You can also navigate to the <code class="light">.../wp-content/themes/Daug/skins/default/templates/</code> folder and edit the corresponding template file <strong>header-default.php</strong>.
										<br><br>
										For<strong>"Custom" header style</strong>
										<ol>
											<li>Check which custom header Layout you are currently using in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header</strong> in the <strong>Select custom layout</strong> option.</li>
											<li>In the WordPress admin panel, go to <strong>Layouts > All Layouts</strong>, and open the currently active header layout.
												<a href="images/layouts_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_adm.png" alt="">

												</a>

												<i>If you do not see the Layouts menu item - activate the ThemeREX Addons plug-in first.</i>
											</li>

											<li>Make the required changes and save it.</li>
										</ol>
										For more information on how to <i>change</i>, <i>customize</i> and <i>create</i> Layouts, see the <a href="#layouts">Layouts</a> section.
									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="heading2Three" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse2Three">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse2Three" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse2Three">
											Where to change the header logo?
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapse2Three" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="heading2Three" data-parent="#accordion2">
									<div class="card-body">
										By default, the header logo settings can be adjusted in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Logo &amp; Site Identity.</strong>
										<br><br>
										However, you can specify the logo in your <strong>header Layout</strong> using the Elementor <a href="#shortcode_layouts_logo">Layouts: Logo</a> widget (ThemeREX Addons Layouts group).
										<a href="images/layouts_adding_logo.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/layouts_adding_logo.png" alt="">

										</a>
										<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> The logo specified in your header Layout overwrites the logo set in the Customizer.
									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="heading2Four" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse2Four">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse2Four" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse2Four">
											How to enable/disable sticky header?
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapse2Four" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="heading2Four" data-parent="#accordion2">
									<div class="card-body">
										A sticky header is a type of header that stays at the top of your page while scrolling. You can enable or disable the sticky header behavior by following these steps:
										<ol>
											<li>Open the header Layout you are currently using in <strong>Layouts > All Layouts</strong>.</li>
											<li>Locate the section that contains the menu element (or any other section that should have the sticky behavior) and click on the <strong>Edit section</strong> button:
											<a href="images/layouts_edit_section_button.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_edit_section_button.png" alt="">

											</a>
											</li>
											<li>Go to the <strong>panel > Custom Layout > Fix this row when scroll</strong>, choose the needed option from the drop-down list (depending on whether you want to enable or disable the sticky menu).
											<a href="images/elementor_layout_sticky_menu.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/elementor_layout_sticky_menu.png" alt="">

											</a>
											</li>
											<li>Save the changes.</li>
										</ol>

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>

							<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="heading2Five" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse2Five">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse2Five" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse2Five">
											How can I add a mobile header?
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapse2Five" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="heading2Five" data-parent="#accordion2">
									<div class="card-body">
										<!--There is 1 way to add a mobile header:-->
										There are 2 ways to add a mobile header:
										<ul>
											<li>via header <strong>Layouts</strong> - navigate to <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong>; Please see elementor <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VPyBuNLpt4U" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> or <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/build-mobile-header-layouts-elementor/" target="_blank">article</a>. <br>We recommend you to create separate custom header layout for mobile devices and specify it in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Mobile</strong> section. This will increase the load speed of your website on mobile devices.</li>
											<li>in the <strong>Customizer</strong> - enable it in the <i>Mobile Header</i> section in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header</strong> (works for Default Header style only!).</li>
										</ul>

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>
							<!--<div class="card">
								<div class="card-header" role="tab" id="heading2Six" data-toggle="collapse" data-target="#collapse2Six">
									<h5 class="mb-0">
										<a class="collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" href="#collapse2Six" aria-expanded="false" aria-controls="collapse2Six">
											How can I set Header Side Menu?
										</a>
									</h5>
								</div>
								<div id="collapse2Six" class="collapse" role="tabpanel" aria-labelledby="heading2Six" data-parent="#accordion2">
									<div class="card-body">
										The side menu improves your page navigation by letting you add links (i.e. anchors) to specific parts of your page.
										<a href="images/header_side_menu.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/header_side_menu.png" alt="">

										</a>
										In order to enable the menu, go to <strong>Appearance > Customize > General > Navigation > Sidemenu position</strong> and select <i>Right</i> or <i>Left</i>.<br><br>
										The side menu works in close connection with the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_anchor">Anchor</a> widget. In order to add links to your side menu, insert the Elementor <i>Anchor widget</i> into the corresponding section of your page. <br><br>
										All anchors added to your page will be detected automatically by the menu.<br><br>
										Additionally, you can add a smooth page scroll animation by enabling the <a href="#anchor_shortcode">Scroll to Anchor</a> option in <strong>Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > Shortcodes</strong>.<br><br>
										The side menu also lets you add the side menu logo (if available in the theme). Select it in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Logo &amp; Site Identity > Logo for the side menu</strong>.

									</div>
								</div>
							</div>-->

						</div>


					<h3 id="customizer_settings_footer">Footer <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Setting of this group is responsible for choosing the style of the footer area<!-- manage an overall look and behavior of footer elements, such as "Footer style", color scheme, widgets, social icons, logo and copyright text-->.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">



                                <a href="images/footer_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/footer_options.png" alt="">

                                </a>



                        </div>



						<h4>Style-related settings</h4>
	                        <p>
	                        	These settings allow choosing a footer style: "Default" or "Custom"<!-- and its color scheme-->. Please note that <strong>custom footer layouts</strong> are available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> plug-in is activated.
	                        </p>

							<p>
								<strong><i>Available Custom Footer Layouts:</i></strong>
								<!--<a href="images/layouts_footer_1_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
									<img src="images/layouts_footer_1_front.png" alt="">
								</a>-->
							</p>

							<ol>


								<li><strong>Footer Default</strong> <!---(without footer area)--><!--<br>("Footer Color Scheme" option is set to "Dark" in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors</strong> section of a page. Please see Home 1 for more information.)-->
								<!--<br><i>This is a set of default (predefined) footer styles, provided with the theme. Feel free to customize them according to your needs.</i> -->
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_1.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong>Footer Default Single</strong> <!--<br>(footer color scheme is set to "Default")-->
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_2.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong>Footer Light</strong> <!--<br>(footer color scheme is set to "Default")-->
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_3.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong>Footer Light Single</strong>
								<!--<br><i>Footer color scheme is set to "Default (Dietitian)" in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors</strong> section of a page.</i>-->
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_4.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong>Footer Main</strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_5.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong>Footer Main Single</strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_6.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<!--<li><strong></strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_7.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong></strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_8.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong></strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_9.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>-->

								<!--<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_10.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_10.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_11.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_11.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_12.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_12.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>

								<li>&nbsp;<strong></strong>
									<a href="images/layouts_footer_13.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/layouts_footer_13.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</li>-->
							</ol>

							<!--<p>
								To manage the behavior of the current footer proceed to the <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Layouts</strong> post type. See the <a href="#layouts_settings_footer">footer-related layouts</a> for more information.
								<br>
								Check also the <a href="#layouts">Layouts</a> description.
							</p>-->

							<p>
								Please also see <a href="#layouts_settings_footer">footer-related layouts section</a> of this documentation file. All elements of custom footer areas can be edited in <strong>Dashboard - Layouts</strong> tab. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> and this <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdRXt2KPVRI" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> for more information.
							</p>

							<p><strong><i>Available Default Footer Style (without footer widgets):</i></strong>

								<a href="images/default_footer_style.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/default_footer_style.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>


							<p>
								The footer area in <strong>"Default" style</strong> is created via the Global Customize settings (Appearance > Customize). You can also navigate to the <code>.../wp-content/themes/Daug/skins/default/templates/</code> folder and edit the corresponding template file <strong>footer-default.php</strong> in any text editor.
							</p>




						<p><strong>Additional options for Default Footer style:</strong></p>

						<ul>

							<li><strong>Footer widgets</strong> - select a preferred footer widget set. Check the <a href="#customizer_settings_widgets">Widgets section</a> for more information.</li>

							<li><strong>Footer columns</strong> - set the necessary columns quantity to display the widgets in. Choose <code class="light">0</code> to autodetect the number of columns based on how many widgets you have got in the set.</li>

							<li><strong>Footer fullwidth</strong> - expands the footer for the whole width of the page.</li>

							<!--<li><strong>Show logo</strong> - displays logo in the footer area. If this option is checked, you can upload the logo for your footer as well as its Retina version.</li>

							<li><strong>Show social icons</strong> - displays social icons in the footer area. The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab. </li>-->

							<li><strong>Copyright</strong> - enter the copyright message. Use the <code class="light">{Y}</code><!-- or <code class="light">{{Y}}</code>--> symbol to indicate the current year.</li>


						</ul>


					<h3 id="customizer_settings_mobile">Mobile <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	In case you care about the <strong>page speed optimization</strong> and want your website to load faster on mobile devices, this section is just for you. The settings of this group allow you to set separate header and footer layouts as well as specify a sidebar to be displayed <strong>on mobile devices only</strong>. <!--This will improve the website loading speed.-->
                        </p>

						<p>
							We recommend you to create alternative custom header and footer layouts for mobile devices (without any hidden elements for other screen resolutions), as these hidden elements still take time while loading your website.
						</p>

						<div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/mobile_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/mobile_options.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/mobile_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/mobile_options_1.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

						</div>

						<!--<div class="clearfix">

							<a href="images/mobile_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                        	<img class="image-box" src="images/mobile_options.png" alt="">

	                        </a>

						</div>-->

						<h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings allow selecting header style and position. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                        </p>

							<p>
								The <i>Header position</i> setting controls the way your header behaves in regards to the main body area.
							</p>

							<ul>
								<li><strong>Inherit</strong> - the value is inherited from the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header</strong> section.</li>
								<li><strong>Default</strong> - the header occupies a separate section and does not collide with other website elements.</li>
								<li><strong>Over</strong> - ideally is used <i>for pages with sliders</i>. The header elements overflow the section that follows next, and the header background becomes transparent.</li>
								<li><strong>Under</strong> - sets the header area stuck behind the content area when scrolling down the page.</li>
							</ul>



                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

							<ul>

		                        <li><strong>Sidebar position on mobile</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.<br><br>
									<i>Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:</i><br><br>


											<strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>




								</li>

								<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                    </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

							<p>
								These settings allow selecting a footer style. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Footer</strong> section. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity. For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
							</p>





                    <h3 id="customizer_settings_menus">Menus <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Settings of this group are responsible for managing Menus. Each menu location is available for filling with any of the predefined menu sets<!-- and also available for editing right through the "Customizer" settings-->.

                        		<a href="images/menus_general.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                        		<img src="images/menus_general.png" alt="">

	                        	</a>
                        </p>



                        <p class="under_image_p">
                        	<strong>Menus</strong> are also available for editing through the "Appearance > Menus" options.

							<a href="images/menus_locations.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/menus_locations.png" alt="">

							</a>
                        </p>




                       <p class="under_image_p">
                        	<strong>Below are predefined Menu locations:</strong>
                        </p>

                        <ul>

                        	<li><strong>Main Menu</strong> - displays the main menu.</li>

                        	<li><strong>Mobile Menu</strong> - displays the menu on mobile devices.</li>

							<li><strong>Footer Menu</strong> - displays the menu in the footer area.</li>

                        	<!--<li><strong>Inline Menu</strong> - displays the inline menu in the footer area.</li>-->

                        </ul>




                        <h4 class="shrts">Predefined Menu sets:</h4>


	                        <div class="clearfix">

	                                <div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_main.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_main.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

									<div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_1.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

									<div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_2.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>


	                        </div>

							<!--<div class="clearfix">

	                                <div class="col-md-5">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_3.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

	                                <div class="col-md-5">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_4.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

									<div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_5.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>


	                        </div>-->

							<!--<div class="clearfix">

	                                <div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_6.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

	                               <div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_7.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

									<div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_8.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>


	                        </div>-->

							<!--<div class="clearfix">

	                                <div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_9.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

	                                <div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_10.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_10.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>

									<div class="col-md-4">

	                                    <a href="images/menus_11.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                        <img class="image-box" src="images/menus_11.png" alt="">

	                                    </a>

	                                </div>


	                        </div>-->

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							Within <strong>custom header</strong> &amp; <strong>footer layouts</strong>, you can add menus using the Elementor <a href="#shortcode_layouts_menu">Layouts: Menu</a> widget.
						</p>

						<p class="under_image_p">
							We have added the following custom <strong>CSS classes</strong> to stretch the drop-down menu items. The class names should be assigned to the menu items of the first level, like on our demo:
						</p>


								<ul>

										<!--<li><code>.trx_addons_stretch_content</code> - stretches the drop-down menu to the content width.

										</li>-->

										<li><code>.trx_addons_stretch_window_boxed</code> - stretches the background of the drop-down menu to the whole window width, though the content stays in the area of limited screen width.

											<a href="images/menu_css_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                <img src="images/menu_css_2.png" alt="">

                                            </a>
											<a href="images/menu_css_2_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                <img src="images/menu_css_2_front.png" alt="">

											</a>

										</li>

										<li><code>.trx_addons_stretch_window</code> - stretches the drop-down menu to the whole screen width.

											<a href="images/menu_css_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/menu_css_3.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/menu_css_3_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/menu_css_3_front.png" alt="">

											</a>

										</li>

										<!--<li><code>.trx_addons_no_stretch</code> - the drop-down menu stays unstretched.



										</li>-->

										<li><code>.columns-X</code> - "X" is for the number of columns to split your menu items into.

											<a href="images/menu_css_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/menu_css_5.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/menu_css_5_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/menu_css_5_front.png" alt="">

											</a>

										</li>

								</ul>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								You can enable or disable the <strong>CSS Classes</strong> option in the <a href="images/menu_screen_options.png" data-real-width="1733" data-real-height="370" rel="prettyPhoto">Screen Options</a> in the top right corner of the WordPress admin.

							</p>




					<h3 id="customizer_settings_widgets">Widgets <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<strong>Widgets</strong> are the blocks of content that can be placed into specifically designed widget areas.
						</p>

						<p>
							You can find the list of available widgets and widget areas under <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>. Here it is possible to create additional widget sets, that can be assigned to available <a href="#widget_areas">default widget areas</a>. This is useful when you have different widget sets for different pages.

							<a href="images/appearance_widgets_new.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/appearance_widgets_new.png" alt="">
							</a>
						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Our theme supports both <a href="images/appearance_widgets.png" data-real-width="1562" data-real-height="2893" rel="prettyPhoto"><strong>Classic Widgets Editor</strong></a> and New Block Widgets Editor (WordPress 5.8+). You can easily switch between the editors using the <strong>"Disable new Widgets Block Editor"</strong> option in <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > General</strong> section<!-- or by using the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/classic-widgets/" target="_blank">Classic Widgets plug-in</a> (not provided with the theme)-->.

							<a href="images/enable_classic_widgets_editor.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/enable_classic_widgets_editor.png" alt="">
							</a>
						</p>



						<h4 id="widget_areas">By default our theme supports 7 widget areas:</h4>

						<ul>
							<li>Header <!--<i>(available for Properties and Team post types ONLY!)</i>--></li>
							<li>Sidebar</li>
							<li>Top of the page</li>
							<li>Above the content</li>
							<li>Below the content</li>
							<li>Bottom of the page</li>
							<li>Footer</li>
						</ul>

						<p>

							<a href="images/appearance_widgets_list.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/appearance_widgets_list.png" alt="">
							</a>

							<a href="images/widgets_scheme_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/widgets_scheme_1.png" alt="">
							</a>

						</p>



						<p class="under_image_p">
							You can add widgets into widget areas by simply <i>dragging and dropping</i>.
						</p>

						<p>
							But in order to see them on your website, you need to make sure you have a particular widget set assigned to a particular <a href="#widget_areas">default widget area</a>. You can assign widget sets either for the <strong>whole website</strong> (in Appearance > Customize), or for a <strong>specific page</strong> (single Page > Theme Options > Content/Widgets/Header/Footer).
						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> The <strong>Sidebar</strong>/<strong>Footer</strong> widgets are available for <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar/footer styles ONLY!<br> In order to manage <strong>custom</strong> sidebar or <strong>custom</strong> footer styles, proceed to <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and update the corresponding sidebar/footer layout.

						</p>





						<h4>Widget Sets Assignment for the Whole Site</h4>

							<p>
								<strong>Header widgets</strong> can be assigned in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header</strong> section.
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>Body widgets</strong> (for <i>sidebar</i>, <i>top of the page</i>, <i>above the content</i>, <i>below the content</i> and <i>bottom of the page</i>) are accessible in <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> section. <br>The sidebar widgets work for <i>Default Sidebar Style</i> only! Otherwise, navigate to the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab to manage the sidebar layout.
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>Footer widgets</strong> are available for managing in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Footer</strong> section. The footer widgets work for <i>Default Footer Style</i> only! Otherwise, you need to customize the corresponding footer Layout in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
							</p>

						<h4>Widget Sets Assignment for a Specific Page</h4>

							<p>
								If you want to specify a widget set for a separate page, open that page in your WordPress admin and in the <a href="#custom_page_settings">Theme Options</a> section choose the required widgets. The widgets assigned in Theme Options would be applicable only for that particular page.
							</p>

						<h4>Customizing Widget Sets that are already enabled on a Specific Page</h4>

							<p>
								Depending on the selected page that is available for editing with Customizer's tools, you can notice a different kind of widgets sets included to a particular page. The same can be done through <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.

									<a href="images/widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/widgets.png" alt="">

									</a>
							</p>





							<p class="under_image_p">
								Below are options responsible for managing widgets/blocks.
							</p>

							<ul>

								<li><strong>Add a Widget</strong> (for Classic Widgets Editor) or <strong>Add a Block</strong> (for New Block Widgets Editor): just click on "Add a Widget/Block" button to see the available widgets, then choose the one you want to use:


									<a href="images/add_widget.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/add_widget.png" alt="">
									</a>

									Click on the block itself to open its <strong>settings</strong> (for New Block Widgets Editor):

									<img src="gifs/open_block_settings.gif" alt="">


								</li>


								<li><strong>Reorder</strong> the position of widgets using three icons:<br><br>
									<ul>

										<li>
											Move - moves the widget to another sidebar.
										</li>

										<li>
											Down - moves the widget down.
										</li>

										<li>
											Up - moves the widget upwards.
										</li>

									</ul>
								</li>

							</ul>

							<p>
								After you reorder the position of the widgets/blocks in the sidebar, save your changes.
							</p>

							<p>
								See the example of how the <strong><strong>Sidebar Widgets Set</strong></strong> may look like ("Default" sidebar style):
							</p>

								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-4">

										<a href="images/sidebar_widgets_to.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/sidebar_widgets_to.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>

									<div class="col-md-4">

										<a href="images/sidebar_widgets_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/sidebar_widgets_back.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>

									<div class="col-md-4">

										<a href="images/sidebar_widgets_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/sidebar_widgets_front.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>


								</div>

						<h4 id="appearance_custom_widgets">Custom Widgets</h4>

							<p>
								Moreover, our theme provides a few <strong>Custom Widgets</strong> that are available in <strong>Appearance > Widgets</strong> section <i>(for New Block Widgets Editor - under <a href="images/custom_widgets_group.png" data-real-width="347" data-real-height="419" rel="prettyPhoto">"Widgets" group</a>)</i>.

							</p>


							<ul>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX About Me:</strong> Displays a photo and description of the website's owner or any other person. If you leave the options empty they will inherit data from the following options on the <a href="images/profile_page.png" data-real-width="160" data-real-height="126" rel="prettyPhoto">admin's profile page</a>: "Profile Picture" (for photo), "Username" (for name) and "Biographical Info" (for description). You can hide any option by inserting <code>#</code> sign in the corresponding field in the widget's settings.</li>


								<li><strong>ThemeREX Audio Player:</strong> Shows an audio player to play an audio file uploaded locally (from your Media library) or an external one (through embed html code). The system ignores the "Audio caption" and "Author name" options, if the embed code is used.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Banner:</strong> Displays a regular banner image linked or not as well as any object inserted using html code (banner, iFrame for video, audio, etc.).</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Blogger:</strong> Shows posts, pages or custom post types from a specified category or group. By default, the widget outputs single posts.<!--<br>
									Custom blog styles (<i>Blog item “Details”</i>, <i>Blog item “Masonry”</i>, <i>Blog item “Portfolio Vertical”</i> and <i>Blog item “Portfolio”</i>) can be managed in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.--><br>
									You can create additional layouts to output the posts in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> using <i>Blog</i> layout's type (Item Options section). Please see <a href="#layouts_creating">Creating Layouts</a> section of this documentation file for more information.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Calendar:</strong> Displays a regular WP calendar. This widget allows you to choose the way of shortening the weekday names: to one (first) letter or to three letters.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Categories list:</strong> Shows a list of post or products categories/tags/formats, layouts or CPT groups. By default, it inserts post categories. In this case the images are inherited from <strong>Posts (WP Dashboard) > Categories > single category</strong> <i>(if this <a href="images/trx_widget_categories_list_thumb.png" data-real-width="1001" data-real-height="1225" rel="prettyPhoto">function</a> is available for a particular theme)</i>.</li>


								<li><strong>ThemeREX Contacts:</strong> Displays your Logo, short description, contact information and social links. The links for your social profiles are taken from <strong>Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab. If you want to add a map, make sure there is a valid API key in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Custom Links:</strong> Inserts custom links with icon, title and some description.</li>

								<!--<li><strong>ThemeREX EDD Search:</strong> Inserts advanced search form for downloads.</li>-->

								<!--<li><strong>ThemeREX Flickr Photos:</strong> Shows photos from Flickr account.</li>-->

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Google map:</strong> Shows Google map with specified address. To make the google map function properly, please make sure there is a valid API key in the "Google API key" field in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Instagram Feed:</strong> Shows the latest photos from your Instagram account or demo photos in a form of a feed on your WordPress website. You can connect to your Instagram account in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> section (you need a valid Instagram Access Token). <br>
								<strong>Demo mode</strong> means that the images will be taken from your demo folder (<code>/wp-content/uploads/</code>). <br>
								Alternatively, you can use photos from Instagram without connecting to your account: by using a hashtag <code>#...</code> or by specifying an Instagram username (WITHOUT a hash symbol).
								</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Layouts:</strong> Displays already built custom layout from the <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong> menu.</li>

								<!--<li><strong>ThemeREX Most Popular &amp; Commented Posts:</strong> Displays the most visited, most commented and most liked articles.</li> -->

								<li><strong>ThemeREX OpenStreet map:</strong> Shows <a href="https://www.openstreetmap.org/" target="_blank">OpenStreet map</a> with specified address. You can specify the OpenStreetMap API script and styles for the map in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.</li>

								<!--<li><strong>ThemeREX Posts by Rating:</strong> Displays the most rated posts (extended) with images and post meta.</li>-->

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Product Filters:</strong> Displays advanced search form for products. This widget requires the WooCommerce plug-in to be active. Please note, that the widget in "Inline" style works on all pages. The rest available styles work on shop list page only!</li>

								<!--<li><strong>ThemeREX Properties Compare:</strong> Compares available properties from <strong>Properties (WP Dashboard) > All Properties</strong>.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Properties Search:</strong> Displays advanced search form for properties.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Properties Sort:</strong> Sorts properties list by date, price or title on Properties Stream page.</li>-->

								<!--<li><strong>ThemeREX Recent News:</strong> Displays the most recent news.</li>-->

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Recent Posts:</strong> Displays the most recent posts.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Services:</strong> Shows posts/pages/custom posts types. By default, it inserts available services from <strong>Services (WP Dashboard) > All Services</strong>.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Slider:</strong> Displays the slides via Posts (Swiper) Slider or Revolution Slider.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Socials:</strong> Shows the links to social network profiles. The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Team Members:</strong> Displays the team members from <strong>Team (WP Dashboard) > All Team</strong>.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Testimonials:</strong> Shows testimonials posts from <strong>Testimonials (WP Dashboard) > All Testimonials</strong>.</li>

								<!--<li><strong>ThemeREX Twitter:</strong> Shows latest tweets from Twitter account.</li>-->

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Universal Posts Listing:</strong> Displays posts from any post type.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Video List:</strong> Shows a video list with videos from posts of <a href="images/post_format_video.png" data-real-width="1182" data-real-height="512" rel="prettyPhoto">"Video" post format type</a>. A url or embed code for the video should be specified in the single post's settings, <strong>Item Options > Video > <a href="images/post_format_video_link.png" data-real-width="1211" data-real-height="1019" rel="prettyPhoto">Video List section</a></strong>.</li>


								<li><strong>ThemeREX Video Player:</strong> Displays a video player. The widget supports direct links from Youtube, Vimeo or locally downloaded video files. You can also insert a video through html code from any video hosting platform.</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX WooCommerce Title:</strong> Displays a page title, breadcrumbs and a description of a products category on <strong>shop-related pages</strong> (shop list pages and single products). This widget works if a header layout does <strong>NOT</strong> contain the page title and breadcrumbs. The <strong>description</strong> inherits content from the back-end settings of a definite products category. The description becomes visible on product category pages ONLY! This widget requires the WooCommerce plug-in to be active.


									<a href="images/widget_wooc_title_description.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/widget_wooc_title_description.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

								<li><strong>ThemeREX Yandex map:</strong> Shows Yandex map with specified address. Please make sure there is a valid API key in the "Yandex API key" field in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab (for paid version).</li>

							</ul>


						<!--<h4>Available Custom Sidebar Layout:</h4><br>

							<div class="clearfix">

								<div class="col-md-5">

									<strong>Sidebar</strong>

										<a href="images/layouts_sidebar_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/layouts_sidebar_1.png" alt="">

										</a>

								</div>

								<div class="col-md-5">

									<strong></strong>

										<a href="images/layouts_sidebar_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
											<img src="images/layouts_sidebar_2.png" alt="">
										</a>


								</div>

							</div>



							<p class="under_image_p">
								Please also see <a href="#layouts_settings_sidebar">sidebar-related layouts section</a> of this documentation file. All elements of pre-built custom sidebar areas can be edited in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.
							</p>-->

							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> Please be aware that this theme does not provide any examples of <strong>custom sidebar</strong> layouts. Feel free to create your own ones, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.
							</p>




					<h3 id="customizer_settings_static_front">Homepage Settings <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>
                        <p>
                        	Settings of this group are responsible for selecting the way to display the homepage (front page), as a blog stream or a static one and specifying the pages to be set as a static homepage and as posts page.

                                <a href="images/static_front_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/static_front_page_options.png" alt="">

                                </a>
                        </p>


						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Please be aware that these settings are also available for editing through <strong>Settings > Reading</strong> section.

						</p>

								<a href="images/settings_reading_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/settings_reading_2.png" alt="">

								</a>







                    <h3 id="customizer_settings_front_page_builder">Front Page Builder <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	As a free addition to this theme we provide it with The Front Page Builder. A special tool that helps you manage entire content of your website in just few clicks without using external page builders, like Elementor or Gutenberg. You can enable the Front Page builder in the General tab.<br>
		                	The Page Builder provides a few different areas for customization. Feel free to discover them and make any changes to the content you want.

                        </p>

						<div>

								<a href="images/front_page_builder_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/front_page_builder_options.png" alt="">

								</a>

                        </div>



						<!--<p>
							<span class="label label-danger">Attention!</span> Option "Front Page Builder" is available in the Customizer, only if the static page is built using "Default template" page layout. The current static page (Home 1) uses "Blog Archive" page template, so the Front Page Builder is available only in the <strong>Appearance > Theme Options > Front Page Builder</strong> section.
						</p>-->

						<div class="clearfix">


							<a href="images/front_page_builder_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/front_page_builder_1.png" alt="">

							</a>

						</div>



						<p class="under_image_p">
		                    Check the video below for more information on how to properly use The Front Page Builder.
		                </p>


		                	<div class="clearfix">

                                <div class="embed-responsive embed-responsive-16by9">

									<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/VT0AUbMl_KA" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>

                                </div>

                            </div>


					<h3 id="customizer_settings_blog_general">Blog <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            These settings are responsible for customizing blog-related pages.
                        </p>



                        	<div class="image-box">

                                <a href="images/blog_general.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_general.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>



                    <h3 id="customizer_settings_blog_posts_page">Blog > Posts page <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>
                            Settings of this group allow you to manage an overall look and behavior of posts pages.
						</p>
						<p>
							These settings are applied to all types of blog pages, including Posts pages defined in the WordPress settings (Posts, available post types: Testimonials), as well as pages created via the Blog Archive template (unless no custom settings are specified in the Theme Options panel of a particular page/post).
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							Please check <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/customize-blog-page/" target="_blank">our article</a> or visit <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OfEjbJV2K4Q" target="_blank">this video tutorial</a> for more information on how to <i>add/customize</i> the Posts pages.
                        </p>



                        <div class="clearfix">

                        	<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_archive_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_archive_options.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_archive_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_archive_options_1.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_archive_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_archive_options_2.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>

						<h4>Posts page settings</h4>

		                        <ul>

		                            <li><strong>Blog style</strong> - choose the style to output blog posts. <br>
									<!--Custom blog styles (<i>Blog item “Details”</i>, <i>Blog item “Masonry”</i> and <i>Blog item “Portfolio Vertical”</i> and <i>Blog item “Portfolio”</i>) can be managed in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.<br>-->
									You can create additional layouts to output the posts in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> using <i>Blog</i> layout's type (Item Options section). Please see <a href="#layouts_creating">Creating Layouts</a> section of this documentation file for more information.</li>


		                            <li><strong>Posts content</strong> - displays either the full post length or a post excerpt (for "Standard" blog style).</li>



									<li><strong>Excerpt length</strong> - regulates the length of the post excerpt (in words). If the post excerpt is explicitly specified - it appears unchanged. This option appears if "Posts content" is set to "Excerpt".</li>

									<li><strong>Large first post</strong> - enlarges the first post to make it stand out form the rest (for "Classic" blog styles).</li>

		                            <li><strong>Pagination style</strong> - select between page numbers, older/newest posts links, load more button, or infinite scroll.</li>

									<li><strong>Post animation</strong> - choose one of the post animation styles. Do not use any animation for pages with a full-screen scrolling behavior, such as <i>Chess 2 columns</i>.</li>

									<li><strong>Disable animation on mobile</strong> - disable any posts animation and hover-animation for metadata in custom layouts that are viewed on mobile devices.</li>

									<li><strong>Open video in the popup on a blog archive</strong> - open the video from posts in the popup window (if plugin "ThemeREX Addons" is installed) or play the video instead the cover image on a blog stream page.</li>

									<li><strong>Open full post in blog</strong> - displays the full version of a single post if you click on a single post link on a blog stream page (for 1 column layout only!).
									<br><br>

										<ul>
											<li><strong>Hide author bio</strong> - enable/disable the author bio after the post content.</li>

											<li><strong>Hide related posts</strong> - enable/disable related posts after post content.</li>

										</ul>

										<a href="images/open_full_post_option.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/open_full_post_option.jpg" alt="">

										</a>



									</li>




		                        </ul>

						<h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow selecting header style and position. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that are available for managing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                            </p>
								<ul>
									<li><strong>"Header fullheight"</strong> option stretches the header area to fill the whole screen. Used only if header has a background image.</li>

									<li><strong>"Header fullwidth"</strong> option stretches the header widgets area to the entire window width (please check "Default header style" to make this option appear).</li>
								</ul>


						<!--<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings are responsible for selecting footer style. For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Footer</strong> panel.
	                            </p>-->



                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

								<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.

										<br><br>
										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.</li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>


										</ul>

									</li>

									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>



                        <h4>Widgets-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>



	                    <h4>Advanced settings</h4>

							<ul>
								<li><strong>Image placeholder</strong> - if a post has no featured image, this image will be used instead.</li>

								<!--<li><strong>Sticky posts style</strong> - select the style of sticky posts.</li>-->

								<li><strong>Post meta<!-- and Post counters--></strong> - choose which post meta elements to display. Views and Likes are available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> plug-in is active.</li>

								<li><strong>Easy Readable Date Format</strong> - specify for how many days to show the human-friendly date format (e.g. 2 days ago) instead of the regular publication date.</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Use "Blog Archive" page settings on the post list</strong> - if checked, this option allows all posts (post lists) from subcategories inherit page settings from its parent category and not the general ones.
								</li>
							</ul>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								If the page is created using the <i>Blog Archive template</i>, the post meta settings <strong class="red">should be</strong> specified in the <strong>Theme Options > Content</strong> section of that page.
							</p>



	                <h3 id="customizer_settings_blog_category">Blog > Category/Tag/Author/Search <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>
                            Here you can set the overall view of single category/tag/author/search posts page.
						</p>


                        <div class="clearfix">

                        	<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_category_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_category_options.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_category_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_category_options_1.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_category_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_category_options_2.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>

						<h4>Category/Tag/Author/Search posts page settings</h4>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Blog style</strong> - choose the style to output single category/tag/author/search posts. <!--<br>
									Custom blog styles (<i>Blog item “Details”</i>, <i>Blog item “Masonry”</i> and <i>Blog item “Portfolio Vertical”</i> and <i>Blog item “Portfolio”</i>) can be managed in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.--><br>
									You can create additional layouts to output the category/tag/author/search posts in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> using <i>Blog</i> layout's type (Item Options section). Please see <a href="#layouts_creating">Creating Layouts</a> section of this documentation file for more information.</li>

									<li><strong>Large first post</strong> - enlarges the first post to make it stand out form the rest<!--(for "Classic" blog styles)-->.</li>

		                            <li><strong>Posts content</strong> - displays either the full post length or a post excerpt (for "Standard" blog style).</li>

									<li><strong>Excerpt length</strong> - regulates the length of the post excerpt (in words). If the post excerpt is explicitly specified - it appears unchanged. This option appears if "Posts content" is set to "Excerpt".</li>

									<li><strong>Post meta</strong> - enable/disable the additional post information, such as date, author, comments, etc. You can also change their order by dragging and dropping.</li>

		                            <li><strong>Pagination style</strong> - select between page numbers, older/newest posts links, load more button, or infinite scroll.</li>

									<li><strong>Post animation</strong> - choose one of the post animation styles. Do not use any animation for pages with a full-screen scrolling behavior, such as <i>Chess 2 columns</i>.</li>

									<li><strong>Open full post in blog</strong> - displays the full version of a single post if you click on a single post link on a blog stream page (for 1 column layout only!).</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow selecting header style and position. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that are available for managing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                            </p>
								<ul>
									<li><strong>"Header fullheight"</strong> option stretches the header area to fill the whole screen. Used only if header has a background image.</li>

									<li><strong>"Header fullwidth"</strong> option stretches the header widgets area to the entire window width (please check "Default header style" to make this option appear).</li>
								</ul>


						<!--<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings are responsible for selecting footer style. For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Footer</strong> panel.
	                            </p>-->



                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

								<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Blog > Posts page</strong> panel.

										<br><br>
										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>

											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>


										</ul>

									</li>

									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>



                        <h4>Widgets-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_blog_single_post">Blog > Single posts <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of single posts' pages.
                        </p>



						 <div class="clearfix">

							<div class="col-md-4">

								<a href="images/blog_archive_single_posts_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/blog_archive_single_posts_options.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_archive_single_posts_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_archive_single_posts_options_1.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/blog_archive_single_posts_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/blog_archive_single_posts_options_2.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

						</div>

						<!--<h4>Color Scheme setting</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            Here you can choose the color scheme for single posts.
	                        </p>-->

						<h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings allow selecting header style and position. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                        </p>
							<ul>
								<li><strong>Header fullheight</strong> - stretches the header area to fill the whole screen. Used only if header has a background image.</li>

								<li><strong>Header fullwidth</strong> - stretches the header widgets area to the entire window width (please check "Default header style" to make this option appear).</li>

								<!--<li><strong>Header Breadcrumbs</strong> - enables/disables the breadcrumbs area.</li>-->
							</ul>



                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

								<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Blog > Posts page</strong> panel.<br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Blog > Posts page</strong> panel.</li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>


										</ul>

									</li>

									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Featured image and title</h4>

							<ul>
								<li><strong>Single style</strong> - choose the style to output the featured image and the title on a single post;
								<!--<li><strong>Hide featured image on the single post</strong>;</li>-->
								<!--<li><strong>Hide featured image on the single post</strong> - If this option is unchecked, you can choose the position/alignment of the post header (post title and meta) and the way your featured image will be displayed ("Type of post thumbnail" option): above the content area and stretched to the whole page width (Fullwidth), above content in the area of limited screen width (Boxed) or at the top of content area (Default).-->
								<br><br>

								<p class="wrap-info"><i>The position of the featured image, post title and meta can be overridden by the settings of "Layouts: Title and Breadcrumbs" and Elementor <a href="#shortcode_layouts_featured_image">"Layouts: Featured Image"</a> widgets in a custom header layout!</i></p>

									<!--<p><strong>Type of post thumbnail (featured image):</strong></p>

										<div class="clearfix">



											<div class="col-md-4">

												<p>Fullwidth</p>

												<a href="images/post_thumbnail_fullwidth.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/post_thumbnail_fullwidth.jpg" alt="">

												</a>

											</div>

											<div class="col-md-4">

												<p>Boxed</p>

												<a href="images/post_thumbnail_boxed.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/post_thumbnail_boxed.jpg" alt="">

												</a>

											</div>
											<div class="col-md-4">

												<p>Default</p>

												<a href="images/post_thumbnail_default.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/post_thumbnail_default.jpg" alt="">

												</a>

											</div>

										</div>

									<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Post header position (post title and post meta):</strong></p>

										<div class="clearfix">



											<div class="col-md-6">

												<p>Above the post thumbnail (featured image)</p>

												<a href="images/post_thumbnail_above.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/post_thumbnail_above.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</div>

											<div class="col-md-6">

												<p>Under the thumbnail (above the content area)</p>

												<a href="images/post_thumbnail_under.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/post_thumbnail_under.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</div>




										</div>
										<div class="clearfix">

											<div class="col-md-6">

												<p>On the post thumbnail (featured image)</p>

												<a href="images/post_thumbnail_on.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/post_thumbnail_on.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</div>

											<div class="col-md-6">

												<p>Default (at the top of content area)</p>

												<a href="images/post_thumbnail_default.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/post_thumbnail_default.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</div>



										</div>-->

									<!--<p class="wrap-warning">
										Another way of displaying a featured image is by adding the Elementor <a href="#shortcode_layouts_featured_image">Featured Image</a> widget into your header Layout (if available in a particular theme).
									</p>-->
								</li>
								<li><strong>Parallax speed</strong> - specify the speed for shifting the image while scrolling the page. If <code>0</code>, the effect is not applied.</li>
								<!--<li><strong>Stretch featured image on the single post;</strong></li>
								<li><strong>Hide sidebar on the single post;</strong></li>
								<li><strong>Expand Content</strong> - allows you to expand the pages content, if the sidebar is hidden;</li>-->
								<li><strong>Show post meta</strong> - enable/disable the additional post information, such as date, author, comments, etc. If this option is enabled, choose which post meta elements to display. You can also change their order by dragging and dropping.<!--<br><br>
									<p class="wrap-warning">
										<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> In order to display a <strong>"Downloads"</strong> icon in the post meta, please make sure the <a href="#plugins_settings_download_monitor">Download Monitor</a> plug-in is installed and activated. Now you need to open a single post and insert the corresponding shortcode (like <code>[download id="685" template="button"][download id="685"]</code>) inside the post content. As a result the "Downloads" icon in the post meta will show the number of downloads from this particular post.

										<a href="images/post_meta_downloads.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/post_meta_downloads.png" alt="">

										</a>
									</p>-->
								</li>
								<li><strong>Share links position</strong> - specify the position of social media sharing buttons on single posts (top/left/bottom);
									<a href="images/post_fix_share_links1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/post_fix_share_links1.png" alt="">

									</a>
									In order to output the social links in the "Top position" (above the content area), please make sure the social links are enabled in the post meta section (Appearance > Customize > Blog > Single Posts).

									<a href="images/post_share_links_enable.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/post_share_links_enable.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Share links fixed</strong> - fix share links when you scroll down the post (for "Left" share links position ONLY!);
								</li>
								<!--<li><strong>Show share links</strong> - enable/disable social media sharing buttons;</li>
								<li><strong>Fix share links</strong> - fix social icons in the top left corner of a single post;

									<a href="images/post_fix_share_links.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/post_fix_share_links.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>-->

								<li><strong>Show author info</strong> - show/hide the author bio section;</li>

								<li><strong>Show comments button</strong> - enables comments button;<br><br>

									<ul>
										<li><strong>Comments block</strong> - specify the initial state of the comments block: fully displayed or hidden under a button;</li>
									</ul>

								</li>


							</ul>


						<h4>Related Posts settings</h4>

                            <!--<p>
                                These settings allow you to select the quantity of related posts to show and the number of columns the section should be divided into, and the related posts style (if "Show related posts" option is checked).
                            </p>-->

							<p>
                                Here you can enable related posts on a single post's page ("Show related posts" option).
                            </p>

							<ul>

								<li><strong>Related posts style</strong> - select the related posts style;</li>

								<li><strong>Related posts position</strong> - specify the position to display the related posts;</li>

								<li><strong>Related posts</strong> - select the quantity of related posts to show;</li>
								<!--<li><strong>Related posts number</strong> - select the quantity of related posts to show;</li>-->
								<li><strong>Related columns</strong> - set the number of columns the section should be divided into (from 1 to 4);</li>
								<!--<li><strong>Use slider layout</strong> - enable this option to display related posts in a form of a slider if the related posts count is more than columns count. <br><br>
									<ul>
										<li><strong>Slider controls</strong> - enable the arrows in the slider and choose their position.</li>

										<li><strong>Slider pagination</strong> - disable the slider pagination or place the bullets at the bottom of the slider.</li>

										<li><strong>Space between slides</strong> - specify the space between the slides in pixels.</li>
									</ul>

								</li>-->
							</ul>

						<h4>Posts navigation</h4>

							<p>
								This option enables/disables posts navigation on a single post's page. The following styles of the post's navigation are available:
							</p>

							<ul>

								<li><strong>None</strong> - without navigation;</li>

								<li><strong>Prev/Next links</strong> - displays thumbs and links for prev/next posts below the post's content. "Fixed posts navigation" fixes the Prev/Next links to the sides of the screen below the post's content.</li>

								<li><strong>Autoload next post</strong> - inserts the next posts inside the content area of a viewed post, just under the content of the viewed post itself. Here you can specify whether to load only the content or full post as well as show or hide author bio/related posts/comments of next posts.</li>

							</ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings are responsible for selecting footer style. For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these custom footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Footer</strong> panel.
	                        </p>

						<!--<h4>Posts banners</h4>

							<p>
								In this section you can enable header/footer/sidebar/content background banners on single posts and specify the background image for such banners.

								<a href="images/single_post_banner.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/single_post_banner.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>"Post's background banner"</strong> option shows/hides a banner behind the content and sidebar areas.
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>"Banner code" option allows using <strong>html</strong> code only!
							</p>-->




					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_learnpress">LearnPress <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            This section appears only if the LearnPress plug-in is activated. Here you can manage an overall look and behavior of learnpress-related pages. The global settings for such pages can be overridden by the individual ones set in the "Theme Options" section on a particular page.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/learnpress_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/learnpress_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/learnpress_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/learnpress_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>



                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                            </p>


	                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

								<p>

		                            These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position as well. Here you can also hide the sidebar for a single course page.

		                        </p>


	                        <h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow specifying footer style. For "Default" footer style select widgets sets and widgets' columns quantity. For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
	                            </p>




	                        <h4>Additional Panels settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                            </p>


							<br>


							<p><span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> You can assign the page as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/all-courses/" target="_blank">all LearnPress courses page</a> and specify the number of courses posts displayed on all courses page in <strong>LearnPress (WP Dashboard) > Settings > Courses</strong> tab.</p>

								<div class="image-box">

									<a href="images/lp_courses_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">


									   <img src="images/lp_courses_settings.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>-->



					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_sportspress">SportsPress <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            This section appears only if the <i>SportsPress</i> plug-in is activated. Here you can manage an overall look and behavior of sportspress-related pages (clubs, players, staff, etc.). The global settings for such pages can be overridden by the individual ones set in the "Theme Options" section on a particular page/post.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/sportspress_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/sportspress_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/sportspress_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/sportspress_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>

						<h4>Style SportsPress</h4>

							<p>
								Here you can choose whether to use the theme styles for plug-in's elements or not.
							</p>

						<h4>Single SportsPress</h4>

							<ul>

								<li><strong>Show related posts</strong> - enable/disable "Related Posts" section on a single SportsPress post.</li>
								<li><strong>Show share links</strong> - show/hide social media sharing buttons;</li>
								<li><strong>Show author info</strong> - enable/disable the author bio section;</li>
							</ul>

						<h4>Content</h4>
							<p>
								This setting is responsible for choosing the body style of SportsPress-related posts. For "Boxed" body style you can upload the background image here.
							</p>


                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that are available for managing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                        </p>


	                    <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

							<p>
								These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All SportsPress page and single SportsPress posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.<br>
								"Expand content" option expands the content width when the sidebar is hidden.
                            </p>


	                    <h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                            These settings allow specifying footer style. For "Default" footer style select widgets sets and widgets' columns quantity. For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
	                        </p>




	                    <h4>Additional Panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                                Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>-->



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_shop">Shop <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>
							These settings are responsible for customizing shop-related pages (works only if the WooCommerce plug-in is installed).
						</p>

						<div class="image-box">

                                <a href="images/shop_page_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/shop_page_settings.png" alt="">

                                </a>

                        </div>



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_shop_general">Shop > General <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>


						<p>
                            Here you can specify common settings for both product list and single product pages: color scheme, the width of the content area and additional widgets panels.
                        </p>

						<div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-6">

                                <a href="images/shop_general_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_general_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<!--<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/shop_general_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_general_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>-->

                            <div class="col-md-6">

                                <a href="images/shop_general_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_general_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>

							<h4>Body style settings</h4>



								<ul>
									<li><strong>Color Scheme</strong> - specify the color scheme for shop list page.</li>
									<li><strong>Sidebar Color Scheme</strong> - sets the color scheme for a sidebar on shop list page and single products.</li>
									<li><strong>Single Product Color Scheme</strong> - choose the color scheme for single products.</li>
									<li><strong>Body style</strong> - choose the width of the body content (for shop list page and single products). For "Boxed" body style here you can upload a background image. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.</li>

								</ul>

							<h4>Additional Panels settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                            </p>





					<h3 id="customizer_settings_shop_product_list">Shop > Product list <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

						<p>
							These settings are responsible for managing the overall view of product list page.
						</p>


						<div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/shop_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/shop_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/shop_page_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_page_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>




							<h4>Product List settings</h4>

	                            <ul>

		                            <li><strong>Product style</strong> - choose the style to output products on the shop archive page.</li>

		                            <li><strong>Product animation (shop page)</strong> - select product animation for the shop archive page. Do not use any animation on pages with the "wheel to the anchor" behaviour!</li>

									<li><strong>Hover style</strong> - choose the hover style of the products on the shop archive page.</li>

		                            <li><strong>Pagination style</strong> - select between page numbers, load more button or infinite scroll.</li>

									<!--<li><strong>Add attributes to the products list</strong> - enable/disable the additional product information, such as author, format, genre, etc. on the shop archive page. You can also change their order by dragging and dropping.</li>

									<li><strong>Action on attribute click</strong> - choose an action on attribute click. "Apply filter" works only if a "ThemeREX Product Filters" widget (Appearance > Widgets) is placed to the page and the filters for the corresponding attributes are enabled in the widget's settings.</li>

									<li><strong>Swap images on attribute hover</strong> - enable/disable swapping of product image on attribute hover on the shop archive page<i>(for variable products ONLY)</i>. The images for attribute hovers should be set in the single product's <a href="images/product_variation_image.png" data-real-width="930" data-real-height="373" rel="prettyPhoto">variation settings</a> for each variation separately.</li>-->


		                        </ul>


							<h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                            </p>



	                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

								<p>
								   These settings are responsible for specifying a sidebar style and the position of the sidebar area on Shop List page as well as its version for devices with small screen resolution.
								</p>

								<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves the sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen: above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use a default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong> - specify the width of the sidebar (in pixels). <!--By default the "inherit" option is used. You can remove the word "inherit" in the field to unblock the horizontal control.--></li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar gap</strong> - specify the gap between content and sidebar (in pixels).</li>


										</ul>

									</li>



									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - select the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>



	                       <h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow you to manage a footer style. For "Default" footer style specify widgets sets and widgets' columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
	                            </p>





							<br>



                            <p>
                                This is how the default Shop page looks like with the current settings. <!--Shop style is set to "Grid".-->
                            </p>



                            <div>

                                <a href="images/shop_1.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/shop_1.jpg" alt="">

                                </a>

                            </div>

							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/cheesemaking-shop/" target="_blank">Stop</a> pages in the navigation menu for different pages sets (skins) are built using the Elementor page builder.
							</p>-->




					<h3 id="customizer_settings_shop_single">Shop > Single product <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of single product pages.
                        </p>



                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/shop_product_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_product_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/shop_product_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_product_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/shop_product_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/shop_product_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


							<h4>Single Product settings</h4>

	                            <ul>

		                            <!--<li><strong>Gallery style</strong> - choose the style of a gallery or featured image on a single product page. The images for the gallery can be specified in the <a href="images/product_admin_gallery.png" data-real-width="1217" data-real-height="504" rel="prettyPhoto">"Product Gallery" section</a> on a single product back-end page.</li>

									<li><strong>Allow zoom on the large image</strong> - enable/disable zoom for a large image on a single product page (for "Default" gallery style).</li>

									<li><strong>Allow lightbox with large image</strong> - enable/disable standard WooCommerce lightbox for a large image (for product image and product gallery) on a single product page.</li>

									<li><strong>Details style</strong> - choose the style to output product details section on a single product page: default (tabs), accordion and stacked (all blocks stay visible at the same time).</li>

									<li><strong>Details position</strong> - select a position of a single product details section:

										<ol>
											<li><strong>Default</strong> - under gallery and summary. The section occupies the product's content width.</li>

											<li><strong>Under the gallery</strong> - under the gallery, stretched to the width of the block with gallery.</li>

											<li><strong>Under the summary</strong> - under the summary, stretched to the width of the block with summary.</li>
										</ol>
									</li>

									<li><strong>Show additional info under short description</strong> - move additional product information (with <a href="images/product_attributes_move.png" data-real-width="1358" data-real-height="1043" rel="prettyPhoto">product attributes</a>) up under the short description (by default it is placed inside tabs).</li>


									<li><strong>Text after price</strong> - custom text to show below the product price on a single product page.</li>

									<li><strong>Text after "Add to Cart"</strong> - custom text to show above the product meta or after "Add to Cart" button on a single product page.</li>

									<li><strong>Sticky "Add to Cart" Bottom Bar</strong> - enable/disable <a href="images/product_sticky_bottom_panel.png" data-real-width="1901" data-real-height="921" rel="prettyPhoto">sticky bottom panel</a> with product's image, price, title, quantity and "Add to cart" button. The panel appeares when you scroll the product page up or down and the section with summary leaves the viewport. </li>

									<li><strong>Show product meta</strong> - display/hide the <a href="images/single_product_meta.png" data-real-width="930" data-real-height="373" rel="prettyPhoto">product meta</a> (categories, tags, SKU and product ID) on a single product page.</li>

									<li><strong>Tabs manager</strong> - manage tabs in the details section of a single product: hide any tab, reorder tabs, add an icon to the tab title, change a title, add new tabs with custom content.</li>-->



									<li><strong>Show related products</strong> - enable/disable "Related Products" section on a single product page.<br><br>

										<ul>
											<li><strong>Related products</strong> - specify the quantity of related products to be displayed on a single product page.</li>

											<li><strong>Related columns</strong> - specify the columns quantity to divide the related products in on a single product page.</li>

										</ul>

									</li>
		                        </ul>




							<h4>Header-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
	                            </p>




	                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

								<p>
								   These settings are responsible for specifying a sidebar style and the position of the sidebar area on Shop List page and single product posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.
								</p>

								<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves the sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen: above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use a default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>


										</ul>

									</li>

									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - select the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>




	                        <h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

	                            <p>
	                                These settings allow specifying footer style. For "Default" footer style specify widgets sets and widgets' columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
	                            </p>


					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_shop_brands">Brands <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Here you can assign a product attribute as a brand item and enable it under a product title on a shop archive and single products pages.

							<a href="images/shop_brand_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/shop_brand_options.png" alt="">

                            </a>

							<a href="images/shop_brand_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/shop_brand_front.png" alt="">

                            </a>
                        </p>-->



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_woocommerce">WooCommerce <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group allow managing the overall look of the WooCommerce elements (works only if the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in is installed). The single products can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Products</strong>.

							<a href="images/woocommerce_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/woocommerce_settings.png" alt="">

                            </a>
                        </p>



						<p class="under_image_p">
							The quantity of products displayed on shop page is inherited from the <strong>Appearance > Customize > WooCommerce > Product Catalog</strong> section. <!--"Products per row" and "Rows per page" options work only if the "Shop style" (Appearance > Customize > WooCommerce > Theme-specific options) is set to "Grid". -->

							<a href="images/woocommerce_product_catalog.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/woocommerce_product_catalog.png" alt="">

                            </a>
                        </p>



					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_events_calendar">The Events Calendar <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            This group of settings controls the overall look of the <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/events/" target="_blank">calendar</a> and event pages (works only if the <a href="#plugins_settings_events_calendar">The Events Calendar</a> plug-in is installed). The single events can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Events</strong>.

							<a href="images/events_calendar_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/events_calendar_settings.png" alt="">

                            </a>
                        </p>-->





					<h3 id="customizer_settings_fonts">Typography <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Here you can upload fonts and adjust font settings for specific typography elements.
                        </p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							Check this <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/add-new-font/" target="_blank">article</a> or <a href="https://youtu.be/7lkZpoqZrpI" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> for more information on how to add new <strong>Google Fonts</strong> and <strong>Custom Fonts</strong>.
                        </p>

                        <div>

                            <a href="images/fonts_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/fonts_settings.png" alt="">

                            </a>

                        </div>

                        <p class="under_image_p">
	                    	The theme enables you to use both Google Fonts and custom fonts in your design. You can load up to 5 different font families, including different styles and weights for each typeface.

						</p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> To manage fonts quantity available for upload, edit <code>'max_load_fonts' => 5</code> variable in <code>theme-specific/theme.setup.php</code> file.
	                    </p>

						<p class="under_image_p">
							<strong>The Other font</strong> is used for the following elements:

						</p>

						<ul>

							<li>Blockquotes (Gutenberg editor);</li>

							<li>Content of the testimonials, displayed using the Elementor "Testimonials" widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group) in "Bred", "Decoration", "Alter 2", "Alter", "Fashion", "Creative", "Accent 2", "Accent", "Hover", "Common", "List", "Light", "Extra", "Plain", "Simple" and "Default" styles;</li>

						</ul>

						<!--<ul>
							<li>Content of the testimonials, displayed using the Elementor "Testimonials" widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group) in "Bred", "Decoration", "Alter 2", "Alter", "Fashion", "Creative", "Accent 2", "Accent", "Hover", "Common", "List", "Light", "Extra", "Plain", "Simple" and "Default" styles;
							</li>
						</ul>-->

						<!--<p>
							<strong>Font family for other details</strong> is used for posts categories, "Share:" text on single posts, tags on posts, lists in price block, titles in skills counter/pie charts, tags in Tag Cloud sidebar widget, content in "Strong Testimonials View" widget, content in Testimonials widget, etc.<br><br>
							<strong>Font family for differents details</strong> is used for Essential Grid filters and navigation buttons, page links, comments pagination, navigation links, author in Blockquote widget, list in "Recent Comments" widget, client in "Strong Testimonials View" widget.
						</p>-->
						<!--<p class="under_image_p">
							<strong>Decoration font</strong> is used for the following elements:
						</p>

						<ul>

							<li>Position of a team member on single team member posts;</li>

							<li>Subtitles in Elementor widgets with such functionality (subtitles for whole widgets, not for single items);</li>

							<li>Item title in Elementor "Price" widget;</li>

							<li>First letter in drop cap, <a href="images/dropcap_style_2.png" data-real-width="1083" data-real-height="879" rel="prettyPhoto">Style 2</a>;</li>

						</ul>-->



						<!--<ul>
							<li>Audio title on the audio post;</li>

							<li>Audio caption in "Widget: Audio" (ThemeREX Addons Widgets group);</li>

							<li>Breadcrumbs;</li>

							<li>Subtitle in "Title" widget ("Extra" style);</li>

							<li>Address, Phone and E-mail in "Widget: Contacts" (ThemeREX Addons Widgets group);</li>

							<li>Blockquote (using <code>&lt;blockquote&gt;....&lt;/blockquote&gt;</code> tag in the "Text Editor" widget);</li>

							<li>WooCommerce prices; </li>

						</ul>-->




					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_custom_section">Custom Section <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	With these settings you can enable the side button that triggers some content (displayed when you scroll down the page).

							<a href="images/custon_section.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/custon_section.png" alt="">

                            </a>
							<a href="images/custon_section_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/custon_section_front.png" alt="">

                            </a>
						</p>

						<p>The following options are available:</p>

						<ul>

							<li><strong>Caption for button</strong> - caption of the button;</li>

							<li><strong>Icon for button</strong> - select an icon for the button. You can expand the list of available icons by adding new ones from the <a href="http://fontello.com/" target="_blank">fontello website</a>. Watch this <a href="https://youtu.be/7f96tUTLmq4" target="_blank">video guide</a> for more information.</li>

							<li><strong>Layout for button</strong> - specify any previously created custom layout from the <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong> tab.</li>

						</ul>-->




                    <h3 id="customizer_settings_color_scheme">Colors <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	The theme allows you to assign color schemes to specific parts of your website. This is useful for highlighting certain areas and giving them a distinctive look.
						</p>

						<p>
							The theme supports 3 color schemes - <strong>default (light)</strong>, <strong>dark</strong> and <strong>alter light</strong>.
                        </p>
						<!--<p>
							The theme supports 9 color schemes - <strong>default (light)</strong>, <strong>dark</strong>, <strong>light (alternative)</strong>, <strong>blue/green (light)</strong>, <strong>blue/green light (alternative)</strong>, <strong>blue/green dark</strong>, <strong>red/blue (light)</strong>, <strong>red/blue light (alternative)</strong> and <strong>red/blue dark</strong>.
                        </p>-->

						<!--<p>
							The theme supports <strong>7 color schemes</strong>:
                        </p>


						<table width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5">

							<tr>
								<td width="33%" valign="top">

									Default <i>(light)</i><br>

									Light <i>(alternative)</i><br>

									Dark<br>

								</td>

								<td width="33%" valign="top">

									Gold <i>(light)</i><br>

									Gold Dark<br>

								</td>

								<td width="33%" valign="top">

									Bronze <i>(light)</i><br>

									Bronze Dark<br>


								</td>
							</tr>

						</table>

						<br><br>-->

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							Check this <a href="https://youtu.be/B37RBXqPMvk" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> for more information on how to customize color schemes.
                        </p>

						<!--<p>
							Here you can customize the color scheme of your website using the color scheme editor for more precious manipulations.
						</p>
						<p>
							The theme supports one color scheme - <strong>Default</strong>.
                        </p>-->

						<div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-6">

                                <a href="images/color_scheme_smpl_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/color_scheme_smpl_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-6">

                                <a href="images/color_scheme_smpl_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/color_scheme_smpl_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<!--<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/color_scheme_smpl_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/color_scheme_smpl_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>-->

                        </div>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Due to specifics of CSS rules, you are unable to assign a <i>light</i> color scheme to any website part, if the <i>dark</i> color scheme is enabled.
						</p>

						<p>
							<strong>Here are the website parts to which you can assign color schemes:</strong>
						</p>

						<ul>
							<li><strong>Show Helpers</strong> - enables a <a href="images/customizer_color_scheme_helper.png" data-real-width="1577" data-real-height="675" rel="prettyPhoto">colored border</a> arround a block in the Customizer with an element's name and color scheme applied to this particular element. The helper can be useful for editing the theme's color schemes. It helps you understand the colors of what elements you are customizing.</li>
							<li><strong>Site Color Scheme</strong> - defines the main color scheme of your website. If no other part of website has a color scheme specified explicitly, affects the whole website. Otherwise, affects the body <i>background color</i>, body <i>typography</i> and pretty much anything that is located below the header and above the footer areas (except sidebar).</li>
							<li><strong>Header Color Scheme</strong> - modifies the color scheme of the header. </li>
							<!--<li><strong>Menu Color Scheme</strong> - modifies the color of the site menu (including the side menu in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header > Main Menu</strong>).</li>-->
							<!--<li><strong>Sidemenu Color Scheme</strong> - modifies the color of the side menu in <strong>Appearance > Customize > General > Navigation</strong>).</li>-->
							<li><strong>Sidebar Color Scheme</strong> - affects the color of the sidebar. The <i>Inherit</i> option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Site Color Scheme</strong> setting.</li>
							<li><strong>Footer Color Scheme</strong> - specifies the color of your footer.</li>
							<!--<li><strong>Blog Color Scheme</strong> - sets the color of your blog stream pages as well as single posts.</li>
							<li><strong>Posts Page Color Scheme</strong> - specifies the color of your All Posts page.</li>-->
						</ul>

						<p>
							You can also assign color schemes for individual pages in the <a href="#custom_page_settings">Theme Options > Colors</a> panel of those pages.
						</p>

						<h4>Color Scheme Editor</h4>

						<p>
							Here you can customize the color schemes of your website.
						</p>

						<p>
							Three additional buttons are available:

						</p>

							<ul>

								<li><strong>Reset</strong> - removes the current changes, made after your last saving.</li>

								<li><strong>Copy</strong> - creates a new color scheme by duplicating the default one. Thus, it is possible to set different color schemes for particular pages and their parts.</li>

								<li><strong>Delete</strong> - removes the current color scheme. You can delete only newly created color schemes. All default ones will remain.</li>

							</ul>

						<p>
							Select the color scheme you want to customize and choose one of 2 <i>modes</i> (editor types) - <strong>simple</strong> or <strong>advanced</strong>.
						</p>
						<p>
							In a <strong>simple mode</strong>, you can customize the <i>accent colors</i> (link colors) of a theme. If you want to dig deeper, switch to the <strong>advanced mode</strong>. You can entirely change the theme colors.
						</p>

						<p>
							Both modes contain the following groups of settings:
						</p>

						<p><strong><i>MAIN</i></strong></p>

						<p>
							The main color group of a website. Here you can find the following elements:
						</p>
							<ul>
								<li>
									<strong>Background color</strong> - the main background color of a website; (for advanced mode only)
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Border color</strong> - color used for elements with a border and for content delimiters; (for advanced mode only)
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text</strong> - color for the main <i>body text</i>; (for advanced mode only)
								</li>


								<li>
									<strong>Text dark</strong> - color mainly applied for <i>headings</i> and page/post <i>titles</i>; (for advanced mode only)
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text light</strong> - color used for additional <i>meta</i> elements, such as <i>post author</i>, <i>date</i>, <i>comments</i>, etc. (for advanced mode only)

								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Link</strong> - the main accent color of a website. The color can be used as links color, a background color for buttons and the color for minor elements, like list item markers, etc. By default, this setting sets the <i>Link hover</i> color for the Alter color group.

								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Link hover</strong> - the hover color of the elements with the main accent color and the hover color for links. It can also be used as the main accent color for the Alter color group.
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Accent 2</strong> - the second accent color;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Accent 2 hover</strong> - the hover color of the elements with second accent colors;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Accent 3</strong> - the third accent color;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Accent 3 hover</strong> - the hover color of the elements with third accent colors;
								</li>


							</ul>

						<p><strong><i>ALTER</i></strong></p>
						<p>
							Alter means <i>alternative color group</i>, mostly applied for sidebar and footer, if a color scheme is assigned to them and it <a href="images/alter_color_scheme_condition.png" data-real-width="323" data-real-height="812" rel="prettyPhoto">coincides</a> with the site color scheme (NOT inherited). This group of colors can also be applied to page widgets or blocks that are output on some background by default (the background is NOT added through the page builders). Alter colors include the same elements as the Main color group, plus two additional hover colors for <i>border</i> and <i>background</i>.

						</p>

						<p><strong><i>EXTRA</i></strong></p>
						<p>
							An additional color group for extra elements such as <i>dropdowns</i>, <i>price blocks</i>, <i>table headers</i>, <i>blockquotes</i>, etc.<br>
							As a rule, the text and background colors from the Extra group should contrast against the respective colors from the Main color group.
						</p>



						<p><strong><i>INVERSE (for advanced mode only)</i></strong></p>
						<p>
							<i>Inverse elements</i> are the elements that use the theme accent color (usually the main one) ("Link", "Accent 2", "Accent 3" options) as a background color. In this way, they get distinctive look and stand out from the rest of the content. You can apply these settings for <i>buttons</i>, <i>blockquotes</i>, <i>dropdowns</i>, etc. <!--Includes the following elements:-->
						</p>
							<ul>
								<li>
									<strong>Border color</strong>;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Border hover</strong>;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text color</strong> - the main body text color;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text dark</strong> - used for headings or other elements that need a darker color;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text light</strong> - used for meta elements that provide additional information;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Link color</strong> - since the main accent color (i.e. the link color) sets the background color, you need to specify a different link color;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Link hover</strong> - the hover color of the link;
								</li>


							</ul>


						<p><strong><i>INPUT (for advanced mode only)</i></strong></p>
						<p>
							Colors for form fields: <i>input fields</i>, <i>text areas</i>, <i>select fields</i>, etc.
						</p>
							<ul>
								<li>
									<strong>Background</strong> - background color of an input field;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Background hover</strong> - background color when an input field is <i>active</i>;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Border color</strong>;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Border hover</strong> - border color when a field is <i>active</i>;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text</strong> - a regular text color<!--, mainly used for the <i>placeholder text</i> when a field is <i>not active</i>-->;
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text dark</strong> - the color of the text when a field is <i>active</i> (as you type in);
								</li>

								<li>
									<strong>Text light</strong> - used for <!--text in a <i>'disabled'</i> field--> the <i>placeholder text</i> when a field is <i>not active</i>, before you type in;
								</li>



							</ul>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							In case the changes of the color schemes are not applied, please enable <strong>Debug mode</strong> (in Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > General tab) and save ThemeREX Addons settings.
						</p>



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_background">Background <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Settings of this group allow editing the background color/image (the one behind the body's content when "Boxed" body style is on).
                        </p>

							<div>

	                            <a href="images/background_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                <img src="images/background_options.png" alt="">

	                            </a>

	                        </div>

                        <p class="under_image_p">
                        	Just click on <strong>Select image</strong> button to upload the image from the Media Library or your computer. Right after this step, additional options appear, such as "Preset", "Image Position", "Image Size" and a few other.
                        </p>





					<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_portfolio">Plugins settings > Portfolio <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of portfolio-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/portfolio/" target="_blank">all portfolio items page</a> and single portfolio posts).
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of portfolio posts displayed on all portfolio items page is inherited from the <strong>Settings > Reading > Blog pages show at most</strong> option. The portfolio posts can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Portfolio</strong> section.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/portfolio_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/portfolio_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/portfolio_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/portfolio_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/portfolio_page_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/portfolio_page_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


                        <h4>Style-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                Here you can enable/disable portfolio post type and specify the style of the portfolio archive. <br>
								Please check "Disable post type Portfolio" option only if you do not want to use this post type. <br>
								Apply "Style" option only after you save the other options!
                            </p>

							<ul>

								<li><strong>Post animation in the archive</strong>  - select the animation to show posts in the archive. <i>Attention! Do not use any animation on pages with the "wheel to the anchor" behaviour!</i></li>

								<li><strong>Use masonry</strong> - use masonry script to display portfolio items.</li>

								<li><strong>Open details in the popup</strong> - select the behavior of the portfolio item on click in the posts archive: open popup with the portfolio item's details or go to the single post.</li>

							</ul>

						<h4>Body Style &amp; Color Scheme settings</h4>



							<ul>

							    <li><strong>Body style</strong> - choose the width of the body content. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload a background image.</li>

								<li><strong>Color Scheme</strong> - specify the color scheme for portfolio list page.</li>

								<li><strong>Sidebar Color Scheme</strong> - sets the color scheme for a sidebar on portfolio list page and single portfolio item posts.</li>

								<li><strong>Single Portfolio Color Scheme</strong> - choose the color scheme for single portfolio items.</li>

								<li><strong>Show post navigation</strong> - enables/disables posts navigation on single portfolio item posts.</li>

							</ul>



                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

							<p>

		                        These settings are responsible for specifying widget set for a sidebar and its position for All Portfolio Items page and single portfolio posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.

		                    </p>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong> - specify the width of the sidebar (in pixels). </li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar gap</strong> - specify the gap between content and sidebar (in pixels).</li>


										</ul>

									</li>



									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Single portfolio item settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can choose whether to show or hide featured image and related posts on a single portfolio page; specify related portfolio items and their columns quantity (if "Show related posts" option is checked).

								<a href="images/portfolio_page_related_posts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/portfolio_page_related_posts.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The hover effects for the related posts require the <a href="#theme_addons_mouse_helper">Mouse Helper Add-on</a> to be active. The image on hover is a featured image of a particular post.
							</p>



					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_courses">Plugins settings > Courses <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of courses-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/courses/" target="_blank">all courses page</a> and single course posts).
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of courses posts displayed on all courses page is inherited from the <strong>Settings > Reading > Blog pages show at most</strong> option. The courses posts can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Courses</strong> section.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/courses_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/courses_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/courses_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/courses_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


                        <h4>Style-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                Here you can enable/disable courses post type, specify the style of the courses archive as well as add a contact form to a single course post. <br>
								Please check "Disable post type Courses" option only if you do not want to use this post type. <br>
								Apply "Style" option only after you save the other options!
                            </p>

							<p>
								<strong>Post animation in the archive</strong>  - select the animation to show posts in the archive. <i>Attention! Do not use any animation on pages with the "wheel to the anchor" behaviour!</i>
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>Contact form option:</strong>
							</p>
							<ul>
								<li><strong>None</strong> - hides a form on a single course post;</li>
								<li><strong>Default</strong> - adds default contact form that is built using Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_form">Form widget</a>.</li>
								<li><strong>"Contact form 1"/"Contact Form 2"</strong> - inserts already built contact form (available if <i>Contact Form 7</i> plug-in is installed). These contact forms are pre-built and come with the theme. They can be customized in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.</li>
							</ul>

						<h4>Body style setting</h4>

                            <p>
                                This setting is responsible for choosing the body style of the courses posts. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload the background image.
                            </p>



                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

							<p>

		                        These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All Courses page and single couse posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.<br>
								"Expand content" option expands the content width when the sidebar is hidden.

		                    </p>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.<br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:
										<ol>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area  or as a floating bar. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.</li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>


										</ol>

									</li>

									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Single course item settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can choose whether to show or hide related posts on a single course page; specify related course and their columns quantity (if "Show related posts" option is checked).

								<a href="images/courses_page_related_posts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/courses_page_related_posts.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->


					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_dishes">Plugins settings > Dishes <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of dishes-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/dishes/" target="_blank">all dishes page</a> and single dish posts).
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of dishes posts displayed on all dishes page is inherited from the <strong>Settings > Reading > Blog pages show at most</strong> option. The dishes posts can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Dishes</strong> section.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/dishes_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/dishes_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/dishes_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/dishes_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


                        <h4>Style-related settings</h4>

							<p>
                                Here you can enable/disable dishes post type, specify the style of the dishes archive as well as add a contact form to a single dish post. <br>
								Please check "Disable post type Dishes" option only if you do not want to use this post type. <br>
								Apply "Style" option only after you save the other options!
                            </p>

							<p>
								<strong>Contact form option:</strong>
							</p>
							<ul>
								<li><strong>None</strong> - hides a form on a single service post;</li>
								<li><strong>Default</strong> - adds default contact form. The example of this form you can find in the Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_form">Form Widget</a> section of this documentation file.</li>
								<li><strong>"Book a Party Form"/"Contact form 1"/"Contact form 2"/"Get in Touch"</strong> - inserts already built contact form (available if <i>Contact Form 7</i> plug-in is installed). These contact forms are pre-built and come with the theme. They can be customized in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.</li>
							</ul>

						<h4>Body style setting</h4>

                            <p>
                                This setting is responsible for choosing the body style of the dish posts. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload the background image.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                               These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All Dishes page and single dish posts as well as their mobile versions.<br>
								"Expand content" option expands the content width when the sidebar is hidden.
                            </p>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.<br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:
										<ol>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar. The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel.</li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>


										</ol>

									</li>

									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Single dish item settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can choose whether to show or hide related posts on a single dish page, specify related dishes and their columns quantity (if "Show related posts" option is checked).

								<a href="images/dishes_page_related_posts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/dishes_page_related_posts.png" alt="">

                                </a>
							</p>-->



					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_properties">Plugins settings > Properties <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group allows you to manage an overall look and behavior of properties-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/properties/" target="_blank">all properties page</a>, <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/agents/" target="_blank">all agents page</a>, single property and agent posts).
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of properties/agents posts displayed on "All Properties" or "All Agents" pages is inherited from the <strong>Settings > Reading > Blog pages show at most</strong> option. The properties posts can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Properties</strong> section. You can create agent posts in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Agents</strong> section.
                        </p>


                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/properties_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/properties_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/properties_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/properties_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/properties_page_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/properties_page_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


                        <h4>Properties style settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                Here you can enable/disable properties post type, specify the style of the properties archive as well as the style of a single property post. You can also select/upload a marker to show properties on the Google maps.<br>
								Please check "Disable post type Properties" option only if you do not want to use this post type. <br>
								Apply "Style" options only after you save the other options!
                            </p>

							<p>
								<strong>Post animation in the archive</strong>  - select the animation to show posts in the archive. <i>Attention! Do not use any animation on pages with the "wheel to the anchor" behaviour!</i>
							</p>


						<h4>Agents style settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings are responsible for specifying the style of the agents archive, the style of the properties archive on a single Agent's profile page as well as add a contact form to a single agent post. <br>
								Apply "Style" options only after you save the other options!
                            </p>

							<p>
								<strong>Property's agent form option:</strong>
							</p>
							<ul>
								<li><strong>None</strong> - hides a form on a single agent post;</li>
								<li><strong>Default</strong> - adds default contact form that is built using Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_form">Form widget</a>.</li>
								<li><strong>"Contact form 1"/"Contact form 2"/"Schedule a Tour"/etc.</strong> - insert already built contact form (available if <i>Contact Form 7</i> plug-in is installed). These contact forms are pre-built and come with the theme. They can be customized in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.</li>
							</ul>

						<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The rest settings are for <strong>All Properties page</strong> and <strong>single property posts</strong>. <br>
							All agents page and single agent posts inherit the global settings (for header, sidebar, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Blog</strong> or <strong>Appearance > Customize > General/Header/Footer</strong>.

						</p>

						<h4>Body style setting</h4>

                            <p>
                                This setting is responsible for choosing the body style of All Properties page and single property posts. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload the background image.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                               These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All Properties page and single property posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.
                            </p>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:
										<ol>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen: above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>


										</ol>

									</li>

									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Single property item settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can choose whether to show or hide related posts on a single property page; specify related properties and their columns quantity (if "Show related posts" option is checked).

								<a href="images/properties_page_related_posts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/properties_page_related_posts.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->




					<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_services">Plugins settings > Services <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of services-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/services/" target="_blank">all services page</a> and single service posts).
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of services posts displayed on all services page is inherited from the <strong>Settings > Reading > Blog pages show at most</strong> option. The services posts can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Services</strong> section.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/services_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/services_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/services_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/services_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/services_page_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/services_page_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


                        <h4>Style-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                Here you can enable/disable services post type, specify the style of the services archive as well as add a contact form to a single service post. <br>
								Please check "Disable post type Services" option only if you do not want to use this post type. <br>
								Apply "Style" option only after you save the other options!
                            </p>

							<p>
								<strong>Post animation in the archive</strong>  - select the animation to show posts in the archive. <i>Attention! Do not use any animation on pages with the "wheel to the anchor" behaviour!</i>
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>Contact form option:</strong>
							</p>
							<ul>
								<li><strong>None</strong> - hides a form on a single service post;</li>
								<li><strong>Default</strong> - adds default contact form that is built using Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_form">Form widget</a>.</li>
								<li><strong>"Contact form (main)", "Contact form (for team)", etc.</strong> - inserts already built contact form (available if <i>Contact Form 7</i> plug-in is installed and active). The contact forms are pre-built and come with the theme. They can be customized in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.</li>

								<a href="images/services_contact_form.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/services_contact_form.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</ul>

						<h4>Body style setting</h4>

                            <p>
                                This setting is responsible for choosing the body style of the services posts. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload the background image.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>




                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                               These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All Services page and single service posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.
                            </p>



							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen: above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong> - specify the width of the sidebar (in pixels). <!--By default the "inherit" option is used. You can remove the word "inherit" in the field to unblock the horizontal control.--></li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar gap</strong> - specify the gap between content and sidebar (in pixels).</li>


										</ul>

									</li>



									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>




						<h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Single service item settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can choose whether to show or hide a featured image and related posts on a single service page; specify related services and their columns quantity (if "Show related posts" option is checked).

								<a href="images/services_page_related_posts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/services_page_related_posts.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>







					<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_team">Plugins settings > Team <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of team-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/team/" target="_blank">all team members page</a> and single team member posts).
                        </p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of team posts displayed on all team members page is inherited from the <strong>Settings > Reading > Blog pages show at most</strong> option. The team posts can be added in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Team</strong> section.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/team_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/team_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/team_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/team_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/team_page_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/team_page_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


                        <h4>Style-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                Here you can enable/disable team post type, specify the style of the team archive as well as add a contact form to a single team member post. <br>
								Please check "Disable post type Team" option only if you do not want to use this post type. <br>
								Apply "Style" option only after you save the other options!
                            </p>

							<p>
								<strong>Post animation in the archive</strong>  - select the animation to show posts in the archive. <i>Attention! Do not use any animation on pages with the "wheel to the anchor" behavior!</i>
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>Contact form option:</strong>
							</p>
							<ul>
								<li><strong>None</strong> - hides a form on a single team member post;</li>
								<li><strong>Default</strong> - adds default contact form that is built using Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_form">Form widget</a>.</li>
								<li><strong>"Contact form (main)", "Contact form (for team)", etc.</strong> - inserts already built contact form (available if <i>Contact Form 7</i> plug-in is installed). The contact forms are pre-built and come with the theme. They can be customized in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.</li>

								<a href="images/team_contact_form.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/team_contact_form.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</ul>

						<h4>Body style setting</h4>

                            <p>
                                This setting is responsible for choosing the body style of the team posts. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload the background image. <!--The Inherit option inherits the value specified in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> panel. -->
                            </p>

                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>




                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                               These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All Team Members page and single team posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.
                            </p>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong> - specify the width of the sidebar (in pixels). <!--By default the "inherit" option is used. You can remove the word "inherit" in the field to unblock the horizontal control.--></li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar gap</strong> - specify the gap between content and sidebar (in pixels).</li>


										</ul>

									</li>



									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.

                            </p>




						<h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>

						<h4>Team member single page settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can choose whether to show or hide the posts, written by a team member, on a single team member page; specify the quantity of the posts to be displayed (if "Show related posts" option is checked).

								<a href="images/team_page_related_posts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/team_page_related_posts.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> In order to make the system identify a team member as an author of a post, you should open a particular team member post and in <strong>Item Options > Link to WordPress user</strong> option choose a WordPress user. Now login under a definite WordPress user and create the posts you need.

								<a href="images/team_page_wp_user.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/team_page_wp_user.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</p>



					<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_testimonials">Plugins settings > Testimonials <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            This section allows enabling/disabling "Testimonials" post type. The single testimonials can be managed in <strong>Testimonials (WP Dashboard) > All Testimonials</strong>.

							<a href="images/testimonials_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                <img src="images/testimonials_page_options.png" alt="">
                            </a>
						</p>



					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_give_donation">Plugins settings > Give Donations <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of donations-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/donations/" target="_blank">all donations page</a> and single donation posts). This section appears if Give Donation plug-in is active.
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of donations posts displayed on all donations page is inherited from the <strong>Settings > Reading > Blog pages show at most</strong> option. The donations posts can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Donations > All Forms</strong> section.
                        </p>

                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/donation_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/donation_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/donation_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/donation_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/donation_page_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/donation_page_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>




						<h4>Body style setting</h4>

                            <p>
                                This setting is responsible for choosing a body style of the donation posts. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload a background image.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that are available for managing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>




                       <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                               These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All Donations page and single donation posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.
                            </p>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong> - specify the width of the sidebar (in pixels). </li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar gap</strong> - specify the gap between content and sidebar (in pixels).</li>


										</ul>

									</li>



									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting a footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>



						<h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>-->





					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_events">Plugins settings > Events <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group allow you to manage an overall look and behavior of events-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/events/" target="_blank">all events page</a> and single event posts). This section is available, if the <i>Events Calendar</i> plug-in is installed and active.
                        </p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of events posts displayed on all events page (for the "List View" mode) is inherited from the <strong>Events (WP Dashboard) > Settings > General > Number of events to show per page</strong> option. The events posts can be added/customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Events</strong> section.
                        </p>

						<div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/events_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/events_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/events_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/events_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

							<div class="col-md-4">

                                <a href="images/events_page_options_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img class="image-box" src="images/events_page_options_2.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>

						<h4>Body style &amp; Color Scheme settings</h4>

							<ul>
								<li><strong>Body style</strong> - choose the width of the body content. For "Boxed" body style here you can upload a background image.</li>

								<li><strong>Color Scheme</strong> - specify the color scheme for events list page.</li>

								<li><strong>Sidebar Color Scheme</strong> - sets the color scheme for a sidebar on events list page and single event posts.</li>

								<li><strong>Single Event Color Scheme</strong> - choose the color scheme for single event posts.</li>
							</ul>



                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that are available for managing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>




                       <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                               These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position for All Events page and single event posts as well as their versions for devices with small screen resolution.
                            </p>

							<ul>

		                            <li><strong>Sidebar position</strong> - moves sidebar to the right or left hand side of the page, or hides it. <br><br>

										Additional options for <strong>"Left/Right"</strong> sidebar position:<br><br>
										<ul>
											<li><strong>Sidebar position on the small screen</strong> - select the position of the sidebar on devices with small screen (except for mobile devices): above/below the content area or as a floating bar. </li>
											<li><strong>Sidebar style</strong> - choose whether to use the default sidebar or custom sidebar layout (available only if the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> is activated).<br><br>

												For <strong>"Default"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>

													<li><strong>Sidebar widgets</strong> - specify which widget set to show in the sidebar area. The widgets are available in <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Widgets</strong>.</li>
												</ul>
												For <strong>"Custom"</strong> sidebar style:<br><br>
												<ul>
													<li><strong>Select custom layout</strong> - select already built sidebar layout. You can create new sidebar layouts or customize the existing ones in the <strong>Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab, using a user-friendly Elementor. Check the <a href="#layouts">Layouts section</a> for more information.</li>

												</ul>
											</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar width</strong> - specify the width of the sidebar (in pixels).</li>

											<li><strong>Sidebar gap</strong> - specify the gap between content and sidebar (in pixels).</li>


										</ul>

									</li>



									<li><strong>Content width</strong> - choose the content width if the sidebar is hidden.</li>

		                        </ul>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting a footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity as well as choosing whether to expand the footer for the whole width of the page ("Footer fullwidth" option). For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>



						<h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>-->




					<!--<h3 id="customizer_settings_plugins_settings_bbpress">Plugins settings > BBPress <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                            Settings of this group are responsible for managing an overall look and behavior of forums-related pages (<a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/forums/" target="_blank">all forums page</a>, <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/topics/" target="_blank">all topics page</a> and corresponding single posts).
						</p>
						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The forums/topics/replies posts can be added or customized in <strong>WordPress Dashboard Menu > Forums/Topics/Replies</strong> sections.
                        </p>


                        <div class="clearfix">

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/forums_page_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/forums_page_options.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                            <div class="col-md-5">

                                <a href="images/forums_page_options_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/forums_page_options_1.png" alt="">
                                </a>

                            </div>

                        </div>


                        <h4>Style-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                Here you can select the style mode for displaying forums list.
                            </p>



                        <h4>Header-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting header style, position, specifying its widgets and choosing whether to override the header image with the post's featured image or not. For custom header style you can specify the header layout, that is available for customizing in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Sidebar-related settings</h4>

							<p>

		                        These settings are responsible for specifying widgets set for a sidebar and its position as well. Here you can also hide the sidebar for a single forum-related page.

		                    </p>

						<h4>Footer-related settings</h4>

                            <p>
                                These settings allow selecting footer style. For "Default" footer style you can also specify widgets sets and columns quantity. For "Custom" footer style "Select custom layout" option is available. You can manage these footer layouts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
                            </p>


                        <h4>Additional panels settings</h4>

	                        <p>
	                        	Here you can specify widget sets for such locations as <strong>top page</strong>, <strong>above content</strong>, <strong>below content</strong> and <strong>bottom page</strong>. Check the <a href="#widget_areas">Widgets section</a> for more information.
	                        </p>

						<p class="wrap-warning">
							<span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> The number of topics/replies displayed per page is inherited from <strong>Settings > Forums > Topics and Replies Per Page</strong>.

							<a href="images/forums_page_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/forums_page_settings.png" alt="">

                            </a>
                        </p>-->




                    <h3 id="customizer_settings_additional_css">Additional CSS <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

                        <p>
                        	Settings of this group allow you to specify additional custom styles.

							<a href="images/additional_css.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                    <img src="images/additional_css.png" alt="">

                            </a>
                        </p>



				</div>






				<!-- Homepages
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="homepages">
					<h2 class="page-header">Homepages</h2>

					<p>
						This section covers the information about Pages in your website: included page templates, how to edit existing pages and add new ones.
					</p>

					<p>
						You can import required pages, along with the page settings, using the Importer tool. Learn more about it in the <a href="#installation_demo_content">Demo Content</a> chapter.
					</p>

						<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_creation">New Page Creation <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>



							<p>
								To create a new page navigate to "Pages" dashboard menu item in your WordPress admin panel and click on <strong>Add new</strong> button.

								<a href="images/pages.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/pages.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</p>

							<h4>Page Templates</h4>

								<p>
									Choose either "Blog Archive" (blog page) or "Default Template" (regular page) option in the <strong>Template</strong> sidebar. Check <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/customize-blog-page/" target="_blank">Posts pages</a> article to find out more information on how to customize them.

									<a href="images/page_template.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/page_template.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</p>

							<h4>Elementor Page Builder-related tutorials</h4>

								<p>
									Usually, the page consists of Sections, Columns, Widgets and some other elements that can be edited via Elementor. Before you start, please check the following tutorials:
								</p>


									<ol>

										<li>
											<a href="https://elementor.com/help/tips-tricks-more/" target="_blank">Official Elementor Tips page</a>
										</li>

										<li>
											<a href="https://elementor.com/help/getting-started/" target="_blank">Getting Started With Elementor</a>
									   </li>

										<li>
											<a href="https://elementor.com/help/" target="_blank">Official Documentation for Elementor page builder</a>
									   </li>

										<li>
											<a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/elementor" target="_blank">Official Elementor Video Tutorials</a>
										</li>




									</ol>






							<h4 id="custom_page_settings">Custom Page Settings</h4>

								<p>
									Each page has a <strong>Theme Options</strong> panel, where you can specify custom page parameters.
								</p>

								<a href="images/page_theme_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/page_theme_options.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									In <strong>Theme Options</strong>, you can assign a different header/footer style, widgets set, body style, as well as many other options for each individual page.
								</p>

								<p>
									These settings are applied to the page you are editing, and will overwrite the global settings specified in the Customizer.
								</p>

								<p>
									<strong>Options Presets Group</strong>

								</p>

								<p>
									Here you can save the page settings (for header, widgets, footer, etc.) as a <strong>preset template</strong> and duplicate these settings on a new page without checking the required options in each section of Theme Options panel (Content/Widgets/Header/Footer/Colors). All you need to do is to apply the already created preset template on a new page by using <strong>control icons</strong> ("Apply selected preset"/"Create a new preset"/"Delete selected preset"). The tooltips for the icons will help you.
									<a href="images/preset_group.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/preset_group.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p class="wrap-warning">
									You can enable or disable the <strong>Theme Options</strong> panel in the <a href="images/screen_options.png" data-real-width="1083" data-real-height="879" rel="prettyPhoto">Preferences > Panels</a> in the top right corner of the WordPress admin.

								</p>



		                    <h4>Assigning a Page as a Homepage</h4>

								<p>Once you finished with building your page, assign it as a Homepage:</p>

								<ol>

									<li>
										Navigate to <strong>Settings > Reading</strong> menu item in the WordPress dashboard menu.

									</li>


									<li>
										In <strong>Your homepage displays</strong> section select <i>A static page (select below)</i> option and choose the necessary page from the <strong>Homepage</strong> drop-down list.

										<a href="images/settings_reading.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/settings_reading.png" alt="">

										</a>
									</li>

									<li>
										Save the changes.
									</li>

								</ol>
								<p>
									Alternatively, you can assign a page as a homepage in <strong>Appearance > Customize > <a href="#customizer_settings_static_front">Homepage Settings</a></strong>.
								</p>

								<br>

								<p class="wrap-info">
									<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> <strong>Default skin</strong> comes with the following Homepages.
								</p>



						<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_1">Hairdresser <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
		                        Below you can find the screenshots of "Hairdresser" front-end with hotspots describing where you can customize content for a particular section and the "Theme Options" settings.

								<a href="images/homepage_1.jpg" id="img_homepage_1" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_1.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
		                    </p>




							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The icons below the slider are designed to partially cover the slider above them. To avoid such behaviour, remove the negative top margin from the section with the icons.

								<a href="images/homepage_1_margin.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_1_margin.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Please use Matches, Clubs, Players and Staff post type sections to customize sports-related page section.
							</p>-->

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The background color/image for the page blocks can be set or managed in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > "Background"/"Background Overlay"</strong> tabs in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>

								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

										<a href="images/layouts_section_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/layouts_section_bg.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>


									<div class="col-md-6">

										<a href="images/section_bg_image_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/section_bg_image_1.png" alt="">
										</a>

									</div>

								</div>


							<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>"Edit Section/Column > Advanced > Position"</strong> settings in the Elementor widgets panel let page blocks overlap each other, the following <strong>parameters</strong> are available:

							</p>
							<ul>
								<li><strong>"Shift block"</strong> options - change position of the selected block only, the rest blocks on the page remain unmoved.</li>

								<li><strong>"Push block"/"Pull next block"</strong> options - move blocks by setting margins, all nearby blocks shift accordingly.</li>

							</ul>

							<!--<p>
								You can stretch the background color using <strong>"Edit Section/Column > Style > Background > Extend Background"</strong> option. The screenshot below is from the Luxury Skin.

								<a href="images/luxury_skin_stretch_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/luxury_skin_stretch_bg.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<p>
								You can also set the entrance animation for page elements in <strong>Edit Section/any element > Advanced > Motion Effects</strong>.

								<!--<a href="images/home1_image_motion_effect.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/home1_image_motion_effect.png" alt="">

								</a>-->
							</p>

							<p>
								The main additional CSS classes used in the theme are described in the <a href="#homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes</a> chapter of this documentation file.
							</p>

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The parallax effect can be managed in the <strong>Edit Section/any element > Advanced > Parallax or Entrance</strong> section, like on demo <a href="https://engineering.Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Homepage</a> (Engineering Skin).

								<a href="images/moving_effect_on_hover.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/moving_effect_on_hover.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<h4>Popup banners</h4>

							<p>
								Default popup banners are created using the <a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_popups">"Advanced Popups"</a> plug-in. You can customize the popup banners in <strong>WP Dashboard > Settings > Popups</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/advanced_popups_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/advanced_popups_front.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<!--<a href="images/advanced_popups_front_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/advanced_popups_front_2.png" alt="">

								</a>-->
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The content for the popup banner above is taken from custom layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts tab).
							</p>

							<!--<p>
								In order to customize or disable the pop-up banner, please view <a href="#plugins_settings_themerex_popup">"ThemeREX Pop-Up"</a> section of this documentation file.

								<a href="images/popup_banner.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/popup_banner.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<h4>Mouse Helper or Custom Cursor Styles</h4>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								You can enable/disable the mouse helper globally or replace the image in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Mouse helper</strong> section. Please also see <a href="#theme_addons_mouse_helper">"Mouse Helper Add-on"</a> section of this documentation file for more information.

								<a href="images/mouse_helper_disable.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/mouse_helper_disable.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								You can also make the mouse helper display some special information for a definite page section or just change the cursor style over a specific section/element. In this case, proceed to the Elementor widgets panel, enable the mouse helper for a particular section/column/widget and specify additional settings (text, background image, icon, etc.).

								<a href="images/elementor_mouse_helper.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_mouse_helper.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<!--<h4>Image Hover Effects</h4>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								We have used custom image hover effect on the images in the content area. In order to keep this hover effect working, please make sure the <strong>Image Effects</strong> Add-on is active in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > Theme Dashboard > Addons</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/image_effects_addon.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/image_effects_addon.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								You can manage or disable the image hover effects in the Elementor <i>Image</i> widget's settings.

								<a href="images/image_hover_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/image_hover_settings.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								Please also customize "Parallax" section.

								<a href="images/section_bg_image_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/section_bg_image_2.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								All moving background elements are set in the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Parallax</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.

								<a href="images/parallax.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/parallax.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The background text is built using the Elementor <i>Title</i> widget.

								<a href="images/homepage_bg_title.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_bg_title.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Additional CSS class <code>.decoration_title</code> specifies the font for this title. Please also view <a href="#homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes</a> section of this documentation file for more information.

								<a href="images/additional_css_class_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/additional_css_class_2.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</p>-->



							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								"Opening Hours" button is enabled in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Custom Section</strong>. You can also set up individual side button settings for this particular page in the <strong>Theme Options > Content</strong> section of the page. This side button triggers a popup window with some content that can be managed in the <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/custon_section_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/custon_section_front.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->



							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The sections with background images, like "We Are Creative Dreamers and Innovators" or "Charge your creative inspiration", are moved up. To avoid such behaviour, set "Push block along the Y-axis" option to "None" in the <strong>Edit Section > Position</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/push_block_up_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_back.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->



							<!--<p>
								If you want to customize "Total Profit of My Students" section, please remove Z-Index from the column with an image above it.

								<a href="images/homepage_1_index.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_1_index.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p>
								The images in "What Will I Learn?" and "Can't Decide Which Coin to Buy?" sections are set to cover the blocks below/above them. To avoid such behaviour, set "The Y-axis shift" option to "None" in the "Edit Column > Position" tab.

								<a href="images/push_block_up_back_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_back_2.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->





							<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Theme Options settings (Hairdresser):</strong><!--<br> All page settings inherit the global ones from <strong>Appearance > Customize</strong>.-->
							</p>

								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

										<a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>


									<!--<div class="col-md-6">

										<a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">
										</a>

									</div>-->

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_header.png" alt="">

										</a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>



								</div>


								<!--<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                        </div>-->




						<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_2">Beauty Salon <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
	                        	This is how the second homepage looks like.

								<a href="images/homepage_2.jpg" id="img_homepage_2" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_2.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Black background color for the content area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme that is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors > Site Color Scheme</strong> section.
							</p>-->

							<!--<h4>Popup banners</h4>

							<p>
								Default popup banners are created using the <a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_popups">"Advanced Popups"</a> plug-in. You can customize the popup banners in <strong>WP Dashboard > Settings > Popups</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/advanced_popups_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/advanced_popups_2.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The content for the popup banner above is taken from custom layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts tab).
							</p>-->

							<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Theme Options settings (Beauty Salon):</strong>
							</p>


		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>




									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_2_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_2_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_2_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_2_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>




		                        </div>


								<!--<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_2_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_2_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_2_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_2_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


								</div>-->







						<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_3">Hair Salon <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the third version looks like.

								<a href="images/homepage_3.jpg" id="img_homepage_3" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_3.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>

	                    	<!--<h4>Popup banners</h4>

							<p>
								Default popup banners are created using the <a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_popups">"Advanced Popups"</a> plug-in. You can customize the popup banners in <strong>WP Dashboard > Settings > Popups</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/advanced_popups_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/advanced_popups_3.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The content for the popup banner above is taken from custom layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts tab).
							</p>-->
							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Black background color for the content area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme that is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors > Site Color Scheme</strong> section.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To customize the background color/image for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.

								<a href="images/home_3_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/home_3_bg.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Please view the <a href="#homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes</a> section of this documentation file for the information about the custom CSS classes we have used in the theme.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								Please also manage "Background Overlay" and "Parallax" sections.

								<a href="images/home_3_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/home_3_bg.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>

							<p>
								You can use the navigator in the bottom Elementor panel to open the settings for any page block.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								"Opening Hours" button is enabled in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Custom Section</strong>. You can also set up individual side button settings for this particular page in the <strong>Theme Options > Content</strong> section of the page. This side button triggers a popup window with some content that can be managed in the <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong> tab.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Please use Matches, Clubs, Players and Staff post type sections to customize sports-related page section.
							</p>-->




							<p class="under_image_p">
								<strong>Theme Options settings (Hair Salon):</strong>
							</p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <!--<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>-->

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_3_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_3_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_3_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_3_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<!--<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_3_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_3_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_3_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_3_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->









						<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_4">Hair Products <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the fourth version looks like.

								<a href="images/homepage_4.jpg" id="img_homepage_4" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_4.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>

							<!--<h4>Popup banners</h4>

							<p>
								Default popup banners are created using the <a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_popups">"Advanced Popups"</a> plug-in. You can customize the popup banners in <strong>WP Dashboard > Settings > Popups</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/advanced_popups_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/advanced_popups_4.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The content for the popup banner above is taken from custom layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts tab).
							</p>-->

	                    	<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Black background color for the content area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme that is set in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors > Site Color Scheme</strong> section.
							</p>-->


							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The background color/image for the page sections can be managed in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The main additional CSS classes used in the theme are described in the <a href="#homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes</a> section of this documentation file.
							</p>-->
							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To customize the background color/image for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>

							<p>
								"Opening Hours" button is enabled in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Custom Section</strong>. You can also set up individual side button settings for this particular page in the <strong>Theme Options > Content</strong> section of the page. This side button triggers a popup window with some content that can be managed in the <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong> tab.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Please use Matches, Clubs, Players and Staff post type sections to manage sports-related page section.
							</p>

							<p>
								To customize the background color/image for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>

							<p>
								The section with icons is pushed up over the slider. Such behavior is set in the <strong>Edit Section > Layout > Position</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/push_block_up_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_back.png" alt="">

								</a>
								<a href="images/push_block_up_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_front.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->



							<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings (Hair Products):</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <!--<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>-->

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_4_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_4_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<!--<div class="clearfix">


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_2_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_2_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->



						<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_5">Online Store <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the fifth version looks like.

								<a href="images/homepage_5.jpg" id="img_homepage_5" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_5.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>


							<!--<h4>Popup banners</h4>

							<p>
								Default popup banners are created using the <a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_popups">"Advanced Popups"</a> plug-in. You can customize the popup banners in <strong>WP Dashboard > Settings > Popups</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/advanced_popups_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/advanced_popups_5.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The content for the popup banner above is taken from custom layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts tab).
							</p>-->
	                        <!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Please see <a href="#homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes</a> section of this documentation file for the information about CSS classes that are used in the theme.
							</p>-->


							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The background color/image for the page sections can be managed in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To customize the background color for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								"Opening Hours" button is enabled in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Custom Section</strong>. You can also set up individual side button settings for this particular page in the <strong>Theme Options > Content</strong> section of the page. This side button triggers a popup window with some content that can be managed in the <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong> tab.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Please use Matches, Clubs, Players and Staff post type sections to manage sports-related page section.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To customize the background color/image for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p>
								The section with icons is pushed up over the slider. Such behavior is set in the <strong>Edit Section > Layout > Position</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/push_block_up_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_back.png" alt="">

								</a>
								<a href="images/push_block_up_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_front.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->



							<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings (Online Store):</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <!--<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>-->

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_5_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_5_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<!--<div class="clearfix">


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_5_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_5_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->

								<!--<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->



						<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_6"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the sixth version looks like.

								<a href="images/homepage_6.jpg" id="img_homepage_6" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_6.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>-->

							<!--<h4>Popup banners</h4>

							<p>
								Default popup banners are created using the <a href="#plugins_settings_advanced_popups">"Advanced Popups"</a> plug-in. You can customize the popup banners in <strong>WP Dashboard > Settings > Popups</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/advanced_popups_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/advanced_popups_6.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The content for the popup banner above is taken from custom layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts tab).
							</p>-->

	                    	<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The custom CSS classes used in the theme are described in the <a href="#homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes</a> section of this documentation file.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The background image/color for the page blocks are set in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To customize the background color/image for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>

							<p>
								"Opening Hours" button is enabled in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Custom Section</strong>. You can also set up individual side button settings for this particular page in the <strong>Theme Options > Content</strong> section of the page. This side button triggers a popup window with some content that can be managed in the <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong> tab.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								Please use Matches, Clubs, Players and Staff post type sections to manage sports-related page section.
							</p>

							<p>
								To customize the background color/image for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>

							<p>
								The section with icons is pushed up over the slider. Such behavior is set in the <strong>Edit Section > Layout > Position</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/push_block_up_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_back.png" alt="">

								</a>
								<a href="images/push_block_up_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/push_block_up_front.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->



							<!--<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_6_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_6_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_5_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_5_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>



									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->


							<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_7"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the seventh version looks like.

								<a href="images/homepage_7.jpg" id="img_homepage_7" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_7.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>-->


							<!--<div class="spoil">

								<div class="sp_top">
									<button class="sp_button">Virtual Tour Iframe Code</button>
								</div>

								<div class="sp_text">
									<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
										<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;iframe class="Daug-full-height" src="https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!4v1577276011968!6m8!1m7!1sQfH0RbNEtGyLX5PjQoNn3Q!2m2!1d51.44595502345027!2d-0.0863780212919062!3f185.38882871804748!4f1.3945232296769916!5f0.7820865974627469" frameborder="0" style="border:0;" allowfullscreen=""&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;</pre>
								</div>

							</div>


							<p class="under_image_p">
								We have used the following additional CSS classes to make the page blocks look like on our demo.
							</p>

								<ul>

									<li>
										<code>.Daug-full-height</code> - stretches the height of the iframe with a virtual tour to the full height of the screen.


											<a href="images/homepage_7_css.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/homepage_7_css.png" alt="">

											</a>

										<div class="spoil">

											<div class="sp_top">
												<button class="sp_button">Code Example</button>
											</div>

											<div class="sp_text">
												<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
													<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;iframe class="Daug-full-height"...&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;</pre>
											</div>

										</div>
									</li>

									<li>
										<code>.alert_link</code> - stylizes the link for the allert section (for Elementor "Alert" widget only!).


											<a href="images/homepage_7_css_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/homepage_7_css_2.png" alt="">

											</a>

										<div class="spoil">

											<div class="sp_top">
												<button class="sp_button">Code Example</button>
											</div>

											<div class="sp_text">
												<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
													<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;a class="alert_link" href="..."&gt;Read More&lt;/a&gt;</pre>
											</div>

										</div>
									</li>

								</ul>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_7_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_7_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_7_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_7_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_7_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_7_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->




						<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_8"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>



							<p>
	                        	This is how the eighth version looks like.-->
								<!--This page contains a list of posts. The style and the category for post output can be also specified in the <strong>Theme Options > Content</strong> section of the page. The "Blog Archive" page template is used.
								<a href="images/homepage_8_template.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_8_template.png" alt="">

								</a>-->

								<!--<a href="images/homepage_8.jpg" id="img_homepage_8" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_8.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The background image/color for the page blocks are set in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong>--><!--<br>
							All page settings inherit the global ones from <strong>Appearance > Customize</strong>.-->
							<!--</p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_4_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_4_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_8_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_8_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_8_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_8_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->




							<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_9"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the ninth version looks like.

								<a href="images/homepage_9.jpg" id="img_homepage_9" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/homepage_9.jpg" alt="">

								</a>
	                        </p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								The background image/color for the page blocks are set in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_9_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_9_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_9_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_9_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_9_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_9_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->


						<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_10"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the tenth version looks like.
	                        </p>




							<a href="images/homepage_10.jpg" id="img_homepage_10" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/homepage_10.jpg" alt="">

							</a>-->


							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To customize the background color for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->


							<!--<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_10_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_10_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_10_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_10_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_5_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->



						<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_11"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the eleventh version looks like.
	                        </p>




							<a href="images/homepage_11.jpg" id="img_homepage_11" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/homepage_11.jpg" alt="">

							</a>-->




							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To customize the background color/image for the page blocks, navigate to the <strong>Edit Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>-->





							<!--<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_11_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_11_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>

								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_11_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_11_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->



						<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_12"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the twelfth version looks like.
	                        </p>


							<a href="images/homepage_12.jpg" id="img_homepage_12" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/homepage_12.jpg" alt="">

							</a>



							<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_11_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_11_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>

								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_11_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_11_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->


						<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_page_13"> <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
	                        	This is how the thirteenth version looks like.
	                        </p>


							<a href="images/homepage_13.jpg" id="img_homepage_13" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/homepage_13.jpg" alt="">

							</a>



							<p class="under_image_p"><strong>Theme Options settings ():</strong></p>

		                        <div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_content.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_1_to_widgets.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

		                        </div>


								<div class="clearfix">

		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_11_to_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_11_to_header.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>


		                            <div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_4_to_footer.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>

								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-6">

		                                <a href="images/homepage_11_to_colors.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                                    <img src="images/homepage_11_to_colors.png" alt="">

		                                </a>

		                            </div>

								</div>-->



						<h3 id="homepage_settings_scroll_to_content">Scroll to Content Functionality <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
								In this chapter you will see how to set a scroll to content functionality on single pages/posts. Let's look closer at two variants:
							</p>

							<ul>
								<li>scroll down from a header to a content area of a page/post;</li>

								<li>scroll down from a slider to the section below it;</li>
							</ul>

							<h4>Scroll to Content</h4>

								<p>
									Here is an example what we are aimed to achieve.

									<a href="gifs/scroll_to_content.gif" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="gifs/scroll_to_content.gif" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									An ID <code>content_skip_link_anchor</code> is implemented by default to the page and post templates and is assigned to the content area.
								</p>

								<p>
									If you want to add a <strong>scroll to content functionality</strong>, <!--like on our demo,--> you need to open a header layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts), insert an icon or a button according to your design and specify <code>#content_skip_link_anchor</code> as a link for it. Safe your changes.

									<a href="images/scroll_to_content_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/scroll_to_content_header.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									The link will work automatically. The corresponding anchor is added to the theme core files. No further alterations are necessary.
								</p>

								<p>
									Alternatively you can use Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_anchor">Anchor</a> widget (ThemeREX Addons Elements group) and place this anchor wherever you want on a page with your own links and IDs.
								</p>

							<h4 id="homepage_settings_scroll_to_content2">Scroll below Slider</h4>

							<p>
								A scroll down icon<!--/text link--> in this case is a part of a slider that is inserted to the content area on a page. Once you click on the icon you will be scrolled down to the content section right below the slider.

								<a href="images/scroll_to_content_slider.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/scroll_to_content_slider.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								This is a revolution slider's functionality. You can easily enable it for a definite slider (WP Dashboard > Slider Revolution) through the slider's settings. Open a slider, click on the scroll down link<!-- or a mouse icon--> to open their actions settings, like on the screenshot below.

								<a href="images/home_scroll_to_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/home_scroll_to_content.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								In the "Action Type" option choose "Scroll below slider" and save your changes.
							</p>



						<!--<h3 id="homepage_settings_scroll_to_content">Scroll to Content Functionality <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p>
								In this chapter you will see how to set a scroll to content functionality on single pages/posts.

								<a href="gifs/scroll_to_content.gif" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                            <img src="gifs/scroll_to_content.gif" alt="">

		                        </a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								An ID <code>content_skip_link_anchor</code> is implemented by default to the page and post templates and is assigned to the content area.
							</p>

							<p>
								If you want to add a scroll to content functionality, like on our demo, you need to open a header layout, insert an icon or a button according to your design and specify <code>#content_skip_link_anchor</code> as a link for it. Safe your changes.

								<a href="images/scroll_to_content_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                            <img src="images/scroll_to_content_header.png" alt="">

		                        </a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
									The link will work automatically. The corresponding anchor is added to the theme core files. No further alterations are necessary.
							</p>

							<p>
								Alternatively you can use Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_anchor">Anchor</a> widget (ThemeREX Addons Elements group) and place this anchor wherever you want on a page with your own links and IDs.
							</p>-->




						<h3 id="homepage_settings_custom_css">Custom CSS Classes <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

	                        <p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> We have used additional CSS classes to make the page blocks look like on our demo. <!--<strong>You can apply the class names to any skin.</strong> The examples below are from the Default Skin.-->
							</p>

							<!--<h4>CSS classes:</h4>-->

								<ul>




									<li>
										<code>.up-translateZ</code>, <code>.up-translateZ-wrap</code>, <code>up-translateZ-elem</code> and <code>.up-translateZ-elem-front</code> - reposition page elements along the z-axis in 3D space. <!--Please see <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/energy-healing/" target="_blank">"Energy Healing"</a> page for more information.-->


											<a href="images/additional_css_class_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_1.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>


									<!--<li>
										<code>.specific_hover</code> - underlines the link and adds custom hover effect to it (for Elementor "Heading" widget). Please view Home 3 (Boxed) for more information.


											<a href="images/homepage_link_hover.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/homepage_link_hover.png" alt="">

											</a>



									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.tabs_style_extra</code> - stylizes content that is inserted to the page using Elementor "Tabs" widget. Please view Home 3 (Boxed) for more information.


											<a href="images/homepage3_tabs_style.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/homepage3_tabs_style.png" alt="">

											</a>

									</li>-->

									<li>
										<code>.button_bg_icon_color</code> <!--and <code>.button_bg_icon_color_2</code>--> - stylizes and positions a phone icon in a button (for Elementor "Button" widget in Simple style)<!--, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/pawn-shop/" target="_blank">"Pawn Shop"</a> homepage-->.


											<a href="images/css_class_skin.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin.png" alt="">

											</a>

									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<code>.extra_font</code> (for Elementor "Button" widget in Simple style) - stylizes the button title. The font is inherited from <strong>Appearance > Typography > Heading 5</strong>. Please see demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">"Boat Rental"</a> page for more information.

											<a href="images/css_class_skin.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.extra_font</code> (for the rest Elementor widgets) - the font is inherited from <strong>Appearance > Typography > Heading 5</strong>, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">"Home 1"</a> page.

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_1.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.extra-big-title</code> (for Elementor Heading widget) - regulates the font size of the heading title on different screen resolutions, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/home-3/" target="_blank">"Home 3"</a> page.

											<a href="images/home_3_css.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/home_3_css.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<li>
										<code>.line-height-0</code> - resets the line-height to <code>0</code> (for Icon widget), like on demo "Beauty Salon" homepage.


											<a href="images/additional_css_class_2_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_2_2.png" alt="">

											</a>



									</li>

									<li>
										<code>.play_center</code> - centers an arrow inside a play icon (for Icon widget). Please see demo "Beauty Salon" homepage for more information.


											<a href="images/additional_css_class_2_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_2_2.png" alt="">

											</a>

									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<code>.skills_br_control</code> - removes <code>&lt;br&gt;</code> in skills item titles (for Elementor "Skills" widget) on screen resolutions from <code>768px</code> to <code>1023px</code>. Please see demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/islam/" target="_blank">Islam</a> homepage for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_3.png" alt="">

											</a>

									</li>	-->
									<!--<li>
										<code>.awards_slider</code> - stylizes the slider with logos and hover effect for them (Slider widget - Swiper).


											<a href="images/additional_css_class_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_4.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>-->

									<li>
										<code>.no-title</code> - makes image title invisible when you hover over an image on the front-end (for Image widget).



											<a href="images/additional_css_class_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_5.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<!--<a href="images/additional_css_class_5_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_5_front.png" alt="">

											</a>-->


									</li>

								<!--</ul>


								<h4>Layouts <i>(Examples from Default Skin)</i>:</h4>

								<ul>-->


									<li>
										<code>.underline_anim</code> - adds underlining effect to a link (for Elementor "Text Editor" widget). Please see pre-built footer layout with such element for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_6.png" alt="">

                                            </a>


											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;a class="underline_anim" href="mailto:info@email.com"&gt;info@email.com&lt;/a&gt;</pre>
												</div>

											</div>



									</li>


									<!--<li>
										<code>.extra_menu_in_footer</code> - stylizes the menu in the footer area (for "Layouts: Menu" widget). Please see "Footer Newsletter Insta Default" footer layout for more information.




											<a href="images/additional_css_class_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_7.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>-->


									<li>
										<code>.top_index</code> - stylizes uppercase (reduces the font size to <code>70%</code> and alligns digits top). It is designed to display decimal numbers, like prices. This class name can be applied to any text field (even titles, subtitles, description, etc.) in any Elementor widget. <!--Please see custom layouts from <a href="#layout_custom_5">Event tabs week list</a> layouts group or demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/our-events/" target="_blank">Our Events</a> page for more information.-->





											<a href="images/additional_css_class_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_8.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_8_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_8_front.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">$587.&lt;span class="top_index"&gt;00&lt;/span&gt;</pre>
												</div>

											</div>


									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<code>.custom_icon_btn</code> - stylizes a button, that is output using default Elementor Button widget from "Basic" group. Please see the custom layouts from <a href="#layout_custom_8">Portfolio Modern</a> layouts group or <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/stacked-sections/" target="_blank">Stacked Sections</a> page for more information.



											<a href="images/additional_css_class_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_9.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>-->

									<!--<li><code>.section_divider</code> - adds a delimiter above a section. Please see "Panel with menu style 4" layout for more informaion.


											<a href="images/layouts_custom_12_4_css_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_custom_12_4_css_6.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/layouts_custom_12_4_css_6_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_custom_12_4_css_6_front.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>-->

								<!--</ul>

								<h4>Other Pages <i>(Examples from Default Skin)</i>:</h4>

								<ul>-->

									<li>
										<code>.form-position-abs</code> - places an inner section above the main one. <!--Please see <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/krishnaism/" target="_blank">"Krishnaism"</a> homepage for more information.--><!--Please treat the screenshot below as an example only, the styles of the elements may vary from the ones provided with the theme.-->



											<a href="images/additional_css_class_10.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_10.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<!--<a href="images/additional_css_class_10_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_10_front.png" alt="">

											</a>-->


									</li>

									<li>
										<code>.left_shift</code> - stretches the width of the column by <code>160px</code> to the left on a single team member post. <!--Please treat the screenshot below as an example only, the styles of the elements may vary from the ones provided with the theme.-->



											<a href="images/additional_css_class_11.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_11.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<!--<a href="images/additional_css_class_11_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_11_front.png" alt="">

											</a>-->


									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<code>.VanillaTiltHover</code> - adds a 3D effect on hover to an image.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_12.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_12.png" alt="">

											</a>

									</li>-->

									<li>
										<code>.simple_text_link</code> in combination with <code>.underline_anim</code> - stylizes linked text, inserted to the page using the Elementor "Text Editor" widget, like on demo "Hair Products" homepage.



											<a href="images/additional_css_class_13.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_13.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;a class="simple_text_link underline_anim" href="#"&gt;Read More&lt;/a&gt;</pre>
												</div>

											</div>


									</li>

									<li>
										<code>.mgn_bot</code> - positions two buttons placed inline on different screen resolutions (for Elementor "Button" widget from ThemeREX Addons Elements group). Please see demo "Beauty Salon" homepage for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_14.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_14.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>



									<li>
										<code>.alter_clients</code> - changes the opacity level for images and the background color for slides to white (for Elementor "Slider - Swiper" widget)<!--, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/plastic-surgeon/" target="_blank">Plastic Surgeon</a> page-->.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_19.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_19.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<code>.inline_iconbox</code> - places a title and an icon inline on Mobile devices (for default Elementor "IconBox" widget). Please see <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/fancy-hovers/" target="_blank">Fancy Hovers</a> page for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_20.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_20.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.tabs_style_1</code>, <code>.tabs_style_2</code>, <code>.tabs_style_3</code> and <code>.tabs_style_4</code> - stylizes Elementor tabs, like on <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/protestant-christianity/" target="_blank">Protestant Christianity</a> page.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_21.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_21.png" alt="">

											</a>

											Style 1

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_21_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_21_1.png" alt="">

											</a>

											Style 2

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_21_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_21_2.png" alt="">

											</a>

											Style 3

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_21_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_21_3.png" alt="">

											</a>

											Style 4

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_21_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_21_4.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>-->

									<li>
										<code>.round-square</code> - makes a default Elementor button round (if you specified border radius) or square <i>(for default Elementor Button widget)</i>, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/beauty-salon/" target="_blank">Beauty Salon</a> homepage. The button becomes <code>101px</code> wide and <code>101px</code> tall.

											<a href="images/trx_sc_button_css.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/trx_sc_button_css.png" alt="">

											</a>

										<code>.round-square-2</code> - makes a default Elementor button round (if you specified border radius) or square. The button becomes <code>193px</code> wide and <code>193px</code> tall.
									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<code>.small_padding</code> - sets custom paddings between slides in a Swiper Slider. In the example below the content for the slides is taken from custom layouts ("Portfolio" group). Please see <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/portfolio-fullwidth/" target="_blank">our demo</a> ("Carousel – Bordered" section) for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_17.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_17.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_17_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_17_2.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<li>
										<code>.remove_padding</code> - removes default padding between slides in a Swiper Slider.

											<!--<a href="images/additional_css_class_18.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_18.png" alt="">

											</a>-->


									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<code>.slider_width_auto</code> - stylizes portfolio posts, displayed in a form of a slider (for Elementor "Portfolio" widget in "Extra" layout). Please see demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Home 1</a>.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_22.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_22.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.no-inner-padding</code> - removes paddings (for Elementor "Slider" widget, Swiper slider engine). Please see demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/accommodation/" target="_blank">Accommodation</a> page for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_23.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_23.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.btn_accent_3</code> - makes a button in a contact form inherit color value from <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors > Main > Accent 3</strong>. Please see <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/home-3/" target="_blank">"Home 3"</a> for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_25.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_25.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_25_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_25_2.png" alt="">

											</a>

									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.bordered</code> - adds a delimiter between accordion items (for default Elementor Accordion widget). Please see "Tarot Reading" page for more information.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_24.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_24.png" alt="">

											</a>

									</li>-->


									<li>
										<code>.extra-size-skills</code> - enlarges the counter in "Alter" layout (Elementor "Skills" widget from "ThemeREX Addons Elements" group)<!--, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/our-history/" target="_blank">Our History</a> page-->.



											<a href="images/css_class_skin_church_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_church_1.png" alt="">

											</a>




									</li>



									<!--<li>
										<code>.size-around</code> - adds paddings (<code>10px</code>) to default Elementor icon. Please see "New Catering Header Default" layout for more information (Catering skin).

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_catering.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_catering.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>

									<li>
										<code>.no-inner-padding</code> - removes paddings. Please see demo <a href="https://hotel.Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Homepage</a> for more information (Hotel Skin).

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_hotel_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_hotel_3.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>

									<li>
										<code>.round-square-2</code> - makes a default Elementor button round (if you specified border radius) or square. The button becomes <code>193px</code> wide and <code>193px</code> tall.


									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.map-extra-height</code> - regulates the height of the google map on different screen resolutions, like on demo "Plastic Surgeon" page.

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_medical.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_medical.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.cover_hover</code> - stylizes hover for the dates and arrow icons (SVG), like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Agency</a> page. This CSS class works if a link from a "Cover Link" widget overlaps the closest section. The Elementor "Title" widget in "Default" style displays the dates. The arrows are default Elementor icons.

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_architect.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_architect.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_architect_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_architect_front.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.slider_width_auto</code> - stylizes portfolio posts, displayed in a form of a slider (for Elementor "Portfolio" widget in "Extra" layout). Please see demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Home 1</a>.

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_personal_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_personal_2.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->

									<!--<li>
										<code>.sm_left</code> - alligns controls left on mobile devices (for Elementor "Slider Controls" widget). Please see demo <a href="https://personal.Daug.ancorathemes.com/" target="_blank">Homepage</a> (Personal Skin).

											<a href="images/css_class_skin_personal.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/css_class_skin_personal.png" alt="">

											</a>
									</li>-->



								</ul>


							<h4>For Gutenberg Page Builder <!--<i>(Examples from Default Skin)</i>-->:</h4>

								<ul>

									<li>
										<code>.small_gap</code> - replaces default margins between images with custom ones (<code>8px</code>). This class name should be applied to a Gallery block. <!--Please see <a href="http://woohoo.axiomthemes.com/portfolio/custom-designs/" target="_blank">Custom Designs</a> single portfolio post for more information. -->

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_15.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_15.png" alt="">

											</a>


									</li>

									<li>
										<code>.medium_gap</code> - replaces default margins between images with custom ones (<code>30px</code>). This class name should be applied to a Gallery block. <!--Please see <a href="http://woohoo.axiomthemes.com/portfolio/imagine-a-theory/" target="_blank">Imagine a Theory</a> single portfolio post for more information. -->

											<!--<a href="images/additional_css_class_16.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_16.png" alt="">

											</a>-->


									</li>



								</ul>




				</div>

				<!-- augmented_reality
				================================================== -->
				<!--<div class="docs-section" id="augmented_reality">
					<h2 class="page-header">Products 3D Models in Augmented Reality</h2>




	                        <p>
								Out theme is fully compatible with Augmented Reality App. Now your customers have an opportunity to visualize and try the products in life-like augmented reality from home before buying them. This can increase sales and reduce returns.
							</p>

							<p>
								Before adding 3D models in augmented reality to the products, please make sure you have installed/activated <a href="#plugins_settings_yith_woocommerce_badge_management">YITH WooCommerce Badge Management</a> plug-in. You can create and customize the badges in <strong>Badges</strong> post type section.
							</p>

							<p>
								Some of our products already have "AR" badges.

								<a href="images/ar_badge.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/ar_badge.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> Please view this great <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=as3MBm_BViE" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> to see how to make the product available in augmented reality or follow the instructions below.
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>The algorithm of our actions would be:</strong>
							</p>

							<ol>

								<li>
									Navigate to <a href="https://www.augment.com/" target="_blank">www.augment.com</a> and register an account. You can use a 14-day free trial period.
								</li>

								<li>
									Click on "Add model" button to upload your 3D object. If you don't have such, please contact our <a href="https://themerex.net/support/" target="_blank">support department</a>.

									<a href="images/add_model_button.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/add_model_button.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

								<li>
									Specify the name and short description of your model and set the other parameters. Save and publish the changes.

									<a href="images/add_model_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/add_model_settings.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</li>

								<li>
									Set the sizes.

									<a href="images/add_model_sizes.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/add_model_sizes.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

								<li>
									Open your 3D object and save the QR code, generated by the system.
								</li>

								<li>
									Go back to your WordPress theme, choose the needed product and upload the image with QR code in the "AR Params" section.

									<a href="images/product_upload_qr.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/product_upload_qr.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

								<li>
									Add "AR" badge to your product and update the post.

									<a href="images/product_add_badge.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/product_add_badge.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

							</ol>

							<p>
								As a result the "AR" badge and the "View Item in AR" button will appear on the product post. The button triggers a popup window with the QR code image.

								<a href="images/product_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/product_front.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								You can enhance your product post by adding "Download AR Application" button that triggers a popup window with some additional information.

								<a href="images/product_download_app_button.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/product_download_app_button.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">

								Just specify the layout with the needed content in "AR layout in popup" option on the product back-end page. This layout can be managed in the <strong> WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.

								<a href="images/product_download_app_button_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/product_download_app_button_adm.png" alt="">

								</a>


							</p>



							<p class="wrap-warning">
								<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> Each buyer of BookLovers theme can use a promo code "themerex", that gives <strong>7% OFF</strong> on <a href="https://www.augment.com/" target="_blank">www.augment.com</a> paid account.
							</p>



				</div>-->


				<!-- Layouts
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="layouts">
					<h2 class="page-header">Layouts</h2>

						<h3 id="layouts_description">Introduction to Layouts <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								Layouts is a tool that lets you create custom <strong>headers</strong>, <strong>footers</strong>, and other <strong>website sections</strong>, and is based on the <a href="#plugins_settings_elementor">Elementor Page Builder</a>.
							</p>
							<p>
								Layouts are available after you activate the <i>ThemeREX Addons</i> plug-in. After the activation, a new menu item appears in your WordPress admin panel.
							</p>

							<a href="images/layouts_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

		                        <img src="images/layouts_adm.png" alt="">

		                    </a>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Your theme comes with a number of <a href="#layouts_default">pre-built Layouts</a>. If you've imported the <a href="#whole_demo_content">full content</a>, they will be available for you from the start. Otherwise, you would need to generate them in <a href="#theme_specific">Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > Theme Specific > Create Layouts</a>.
							</p>


						<h3 id="layouts_creating">Creating Layouts <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								In order to create a layout, navigate to <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > Add New</strong>.
							</p>



							<!--<p>
								Choose "Elementor Canvas" template option in the Post Attributes sidebar.

								<a href="images/layouts_post_attributes.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/layouts_post_attributes.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->



							<p>
								Layouts are built in a similar way you build regular pages with Elementor Page Builder. The difference is that Layouts expand the default list of widgets by adding <a href="#layouts_widgets">layout-specific widgets</a> and provide you with <a href="#layouts_settings">additional section settings</a>.
							</p>


							<p class="wrap-warning">
								Please check <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/customize-layouts-elementor/" target="_blank">this article</a><!-- or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wZIfqi8wTWo" target="_blank">our video tutorial</a>--> for detailed information regarding <strong>layouts customization</strong>.<br>
								You can also view our video tutorials about <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uC-7no1Cprk" target="_blank">header</a> and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdRXt2KPVRI" target="_blank">footer</a> layouts customization.
							</p>

							<p>
								When creating a Layout, first you need to specify the correct <strong>Layout type</strong> in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel:

								<a href="images/layouts_types.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/layouts_types.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>



								<ol>

									<li>
										<strong>Header</strong> - the layout is applied only to output in the header area. It appears in the list of available headers in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Header > Header Style > Custom</strong>.
									</li>


									<li>
										<strong>Footer</strong> - the layout is applied only to output in the footer area. It appears in the list of available footers in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Footer > Footer Style > Custom</strong>.<br><br>

										<p class="wrap-warning">
											You can also choose a different <strong class="red">Header/Footer Layout</strong> for a <i>specific page</i>. Simply open that page in the WordPress admin, and in the <strong>Theme Options > Header/Footer</strong> panel edit the <i>Header Style</i> and <i>Footer Style</i> settings.
										</p>
									</li>



									<li>
										<strong>Submenu</strong> - the layout is used to create custom dropdown menu without installing Uber Menu/Mega Menu plug-ins. You can apply the submenu layout in the <strong>Appearance > Menus > Layout of submenu (optional)</strong> field.<br>"Layout of submenu" field appears only when at least one submenu layout is created.<br>Please view <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/submenu-layouts/" target="_blank">this article</a> for more information about submenu layouts.

										<a href="images/submenus_layouts.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/submenus_layouts.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Sidebar</strong> - the layout is applied only to output in the sidebar area. It helps create custom sidebars using Elementor page builder. Thus, you are not limited to standard widgets and can use any elements available in the page builder. It appears in the list of available sidebars in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General/Mobile/Blog/Shop/Plugin Settings</strong> sections or in <strong>page > Theme Options > Content > Sidebar style > Custom</strong>.
									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Blog</strong> - custom style or template to output the Blog Stream page or posts elements in Elementor "Blogger" widget, thus creating a blog stream page or page blocks with unique overall look. Use it in combination with <i>Blog Item Parts</i> widget, that lets you insert any post parts (featured image, title, meta data, content, custom fields) to page in any combination and in any quantity.
									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Custom</strong> - the standard layout fragment that can be added into a web page using an Elementor Page Builder <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts widget</a>.
									</li>



								</ol>


							<p>
								<strong>Custom Layouts</strong> can be especially useful when you need to use the same section in different places on your website. Instead of building it from scratch on every new page, you can save it as a custom Layout and insert using a Layouts widget.
							</p>

							<p>
								<i>In order to add a custom Layout to a web page:</i>
							</p>

							<ol>
								<li>Add a new Elementor Page Builder section in the website editing screen.</li>
								<li>In the left panel with elementor elements open "ThemeREX Addons Layouts" group, drag and drop the Layouts widget  from the panel into your section.
									<a href="images/themerex_addons_layouts_group.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/themerex_addons_layouts_group.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
								<li>Choose the desired custom Layout or Elementor's template from the dropdown list ("Type" option should be set to "Default").
									<a href="images/layouts_widget_list.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_widget_list.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>

							</ol>

							<p><strong>Blog Layout</strong> is just a scheme showing the position of post elements like featured image, post title, meta data, excerpt, etc. Use <i>Blog Item Parts</i> widget to output each element, like in the example below.
								<a href="images/blog_layouts_example.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/blog_layouts_example.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								<i>You can apply the blog layouts to:</i>
							</p>
							<ul>
								<li>
									<strong>Blog Stream Page</strong> - create a page, choose "Blog Archive" template and in the <strong>Theme Options > Content > Blog style</strong> option find your blog layout. Treat the screenshot below just as an example.
									<a href="images/blog_layouts_stream_page.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/blog_layouts_stream_page.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
								<li>
									<strong>Blogger Widget</strong> - open a page/post, in the Elementor widget panel navigate to "ThemeREX Addons Elements group" and insert Blogger widget to the content area.
									<a href="images/blog_layouts_widget.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/blog_layouts_widget.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</li>
							</ul>

							<h4>Layout Templates</h4>

								<p>
									In case there are some page fragments with more or less identical structure, you can create one layout using the Elementor Page Builder, save it as a template and use it as a foundation for your new Layout. Thus, there is no need to create a new layout or block each time. Please see this <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/layout-templates-elementor/" target="_blank">article</a> for more information.
								</p>

								<p>
									Open a Layout and click on the <i>Add Template</i> button from the editing screen (Elementor Page Builder's backend editor). Scroll down to view the available templates:
								</p>

								<a href="images/layouts_templates.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/layouts_templates.png" alt="">

								</a>

							<h4>Creating a Mobile Header in Layouts</h4>

								<p>
									Layouts is a preferred way of creating a mobile header since it gives you flexibility and control over your elements. Creating a <i>mobile header</i> is similar to creating a standard header, except there are several features you should know about in order to use Layouts more efficiently. Please see the official elementor <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VPyBuNLpt4U" target="_blank">video tutorial</a> or <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/build-mobile-header-layouts-elementor/" target="_blank">article</a> for more information.
								</p>

								<p>
									We recommend you to create separate custom header layout for mobile devices and specify it in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Mobile</strong> section. This will improve the website loading speed on mobile devices.
								</p>



						<h3 id="layouts_widgets">Layouts Widgets <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								Layout-specific widgets are additional widgets available for editing/creating layouts. They are especially useful for building <i>headers</i> and <i>footers</i>. You can find layout-specific widgets under the <strong>ThemeREX Addons Layouts</strong> group in the Elementor widgets panel.
							</p>

							<div>

								<a href="images/elementor_layout.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_layout.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>

							<h4>Layouts: Blog Item Parts</h4>

								<p>
									Inserts any post parts (featured image, title, meta data, content, custom fields) to your custom page fragment. This widget outputs 1 post part at a time. If you want to create a page block with unique structure, just use as many <i>"Blog Item Parts"</i> widgets as you need and output post parts in any combination and in any quantity.
								</p>

							<h4>Layouts: Cart</h4>

								<p>
									Displays a shopping cart icon (in case the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in is active). When clicked, the icon triggers a window with additional shopping details.
								</p>

								<p>
									For <i>narrow</i> and <i>normal</i> row types, the cart displays the number of products in the cart, the sum total, and an icon label. The <i>compact</i> row type has a shopping cart with a product counter badge only.
								</p>


							<!--<h4>Layouts: Container</h4>

								<p>
                                    Inserts a special container that allows embedding several shortcodes into 1 layout.
                                </p>-->

							<h4>Layouts: Currency</h4>

								<p>
									Displays a currency button, in case the <i>WooCommerce</i> and <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woocommerce-currency-switcher/" target="_blank">WooCommerce Currency Switcher</a> plug-ins are active.
								</p>


							<h4 id="shortcode_layouts_featured_image">Layouts: Featured Image</h4>

								<p>
									Should be used <strong>for headers only</strong>. Displays a featured image of the current post/page. Often used in combination with the <strong>Title and Breadcrumbs</strong> widget.
								</p>
								<p>
									The widget has to contain at least one element, otherwise the featured image would be hidden.
								</p>

							<h4>Layouts: Iconed Text</h4>

								<p>
									Inserts an icon and two text lines. It is possible to add a URL to the icon.
								</p>



							<h4>Layouts</h4>

								<p>
									Inserts content in different ways, depending on the type of the layout:
								</p>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Default</strong> - displays one of the custom layouts available in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> post type. Please click <a href="#layouts_settings_custom">here</a> to view the list of available custom layouts.
										</li>


										<li>
											<strong>Popup</strong> - creates popup notifications that appear whenever a user clicks on a link or a button.
										</li>

										<li>
											<strong>Panel</strong> - creates a panel with some content/menu that appears whenever a user clicks on a link or a button.
										</li>

										<li>
											<strong>Panel Menu</strong> - creates a panel with some content/menu that appears whenever a user clicks on a link or a button. You can specify the panel menu style (fullscreen or narrow) and vertical menu style (default or extra).<!-- Please see <a href="#layout_custom_12">"Panel with menu" layouts group</a> section of this documentation file or demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/burger-menu/">Burger Menu</a> page for demo examples <i>(all examples except for "Default")</i>.-->
										</li>

									</ul>

								<p>
									Select which type of the layout to use in the layouts widget's content settings.

									<a href="images/layout_shortcode_types.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layout_shortcode_types.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									<i><strong>The algorithm of building a popup notification or panel:</strong></i>
								</p>

								<ol>
									<li>Create a custom layout with required content that will be displayed in the popup window or panel. If you want to use simple text/image or shortcode (like grid gallery, mailchimp form, etc.), just omit this step.</li>

									<li>Add a new Elementor Page Builder section to the page. In the left panel with elementor elements open "ThemeREX Addons Layouts" group, drag and drop the Layouts widget from the panel into your section. Select the desired widget's type (popup/panel) and custom Layout from the dropdown list (<i>Layout</i> field) or enter simple text/shortcode/image from the Media Library in the <i>Content</i> field (if "Layout" option is set to "Use content").<br> You may navigate to <i>Edit Layouts > Advanced</i> tab to enclose the elements with paddings or set the background image/color.</li>

									<li>In the widget's settings under the <strong>Content</strong> tab, <i>Popup (panel) ID</i> field, <strong class="red">assign the ID</strong> to your popup/panel, e.g. <code>example_popup</code>.
										<a href="images/layout_shortcode_id.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/layout_shortcode_id.png" alt="">

										</a>
									</li>


									<li>Use the <strong>popup/panel ID</strong>, preceded by a pound sign (<code>#</code>), as an address for the link or button that should trigger the popup/panel.</li>
								</ol>



							<h4>Layouts: Language</h4>



								<p>
									In case the <i>WPML</i> plug-in is active, the widget displays button (drop-down list) that allows choosing the necessary language for the current page.
								</p>

							<h4>Layouts: Login</h4>

								<p>
									Displays a login/logout link with an icon.
								</p>

								<p>
									The text for the checkbox "I agree..." (registration form) is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > General > Text with Privacy Policy link</strong>. <br>In order to add/customize the Privacy Policy link, navigate to <strong>Settings (WP Dashboard) > Privacy</strong> and specify the page that will be used as a Privacy Policy one.
								</p>

								<p class="wrap-info">
									<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> In case you are planning to use the registration form without consent checkbox, just leave the "Text with Privacy Policy link" option empty in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> section!
								</p>

							<h4 id="shortcode_layouts_logo">Layouts: Logo</h4>

								<p>
									Inserts a logo (any image). In case there is no logo (both in layouts and in the Customizer), the theme displays the website title and description specified in <i>Appearance > Customize > Logo &amp; Site Identity</i>.

								</p>

								<p>
									<strong><i>Uploading Logo</i></strong>
								</p>

								<p>
									The algorithm of our actions would be as follows:
								</p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/layouts_adding_logo.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_adding_logo.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

								<ol>
									<li>Select the Layout where you want to place the new logo by going to <strong>Layouts > All Layouts</strong>.</li>
									<li>Locate the Elementor <strong>Layouts: Logo</strong> widget (ThemeREX Addons Layouts group) and click on the Edit button.</li>
									<li>Upload a new logo in the <strong>panel > Content</strong> tab and save the changes.</li>
								</ol>

								<p class="wrap-warning">

			                        <span class="label label-danger">IMPORTANT!</span> Logo is available for editing for each particular layout. If no logo is selected in the <i>Layouts: Logo</i> widget, the initial logo from the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Logo &amp; Site Identity</strong> will be used.

			                    </p>


			                <h4 id="shortcode_layouts_menu">Layouts: Menu</h4>

								<p>
									Displays one of available menus. Specify a preferred menu in the <i>Menu</i> field by its name, like on the screenshot below.

									<a href="images/layouts_adding_menu.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_adding_menu.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</p>

								<p>
									The Layout parameter allows selecting the Menu Layout:
								</p>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Default</strong> - standard menu with links.
										</li>

										<!--<li>
											<strong>Default White</strong> - default menu with white links. Please see the <a href="#layout_header_2">Header Default</a> layout.
										</li>

										<li>
											<strong>Alter</strong> - "Default White" menu with alternative color of the active button. Please see Homepage 2 for more information.
										</li>-->


										<li>
											<strong>Burger</strong> - just a button that opens Mobile menu.
										</li>

										<!--<li>
											<strong>Modern Burger</strong> - just a button that opens Mobile menu (alternative style).
										</li>-->

										<!--<li>
											<strong>Stretch</strong> - the menu stretched horizontally.
										</li>-->

									</ul>

								<p>
									Direction of the menu items: <strong>Horizontal</strong> or <strong>Vertical</strong>.
								</p>
								<p>
									Specify default behavior for a responsive menu in the <i>Content</i> tab:
								</p>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Mobile button</strong> - choose whether to replace the menu with a menu button when switching to the mobile version.
										</li>


										<li>
											<strong>Add to the mobile menu</strong> - use this menu as a mobile menu only.
										</li>

										<!--<li>
											<strong>Hide on mobile devices</strong> - whether to hide or display this menu on mobile devices.
										</li>-->

									</ul>


							<h4>Layouts: Single Post Meta</h4>


								<p>
									Displays elements from meta data of the current post (categories, post author, post date, post counters, share links, edit link).
								</p>



							<h4>Layouts: Search</h4>

								<p>
									Adds a search button/input field. There are 3 styles available:
								</p>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Normal</strong> - a standard search field.
										</li>

										<li>
											<strong>Expand</strong> - displays a search button that expands a search field on click.
										</li>

										<li>
											<strong>Fullscreen</strong> - displays a search button that expands the search field to the entire screen.
										</li>

									</ul>

							<h4>Layouts: Title</h4>


								<p>
									Displays a title and breadcrumbs of the currently opened page/post.
								</p>

							<h4>Layouts: Widgets</h4>

								<p>
									Displays one of the available widget sets (sidebars). You can choose the number of widget columns. In case <code>0</code> is chosen, the number of columns equals to the number of widgets in the selected widget set.
								</p>



							<!--<h4>Layouts: Separator</h4>

                                <p>
                                    Displays separator.
                                </p>-->








						<h3 id="layouts_settings">Elementor Section Settings <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								Layouts have an extended number of settings for <strong>Section</strong>, default Elementor element.
							</p>




							<!--<h4>Row Settings</h4>-->

							<p>
								Choose which section you want to edit, click on the <a href="images/layouts_edit_section_button.png" data-real-width="457" data-real-height="210" rel="prettyPhoto">Edit Section</a> button and go to the <strong>panel > Edit Section > Custom Layout</strong>.
							</p>


							<div>

	                            <a href="images/layouts_section.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                <img src="images/layouts_section.png" alt="">

	                            </a>

	                        </div>



								<ul>

									<li><strong>Row type</strong> - defines a row type.<!-- The changes are applied to layout-related widgets (shortcodes) only.--> It accepts the following values:

			 							<ol>


			 								<li>
			 									<strong>Inherit</strong> - a default row with no layout-specific styles applied.
			 								</li>

											<li>
			 									<strong>Narrow</strong> - the smallest type of row. The Elementor widgets feature a small font size and small icons. The <strong>Layouts: Iconed Text</strong> widget places text in 1 line (even for two-line option).
			 								</li>

											<li>
			 									<strong>Compact</strong> - a smaller variation of the <strong>normal</strong> row type. The Elementor widgets have a standard font size and small icons. The <strong>Iconed Text</strong> widget puts text in 1 line (even for the two-line option).
			 								</li>

			 								<li>
			 									<strong>Normal</strong> - a row of a normal height. The Elementor widgets inserted into this type of row have a standard font size, and medium-sized icons. The <strong>Layouts: Iconed Text</strong> widget features text divided into 2 lines.
			 								</li>

			 							</ol>


									</li>


									<li>
										<strong>Delimiter</strong> - adds a border to the row's bottom.
									</li>



									<li>
										<strong>Fix this row when scroll</strong> - 'fixes' the row to the top of the page (or to the last 'fixed row'). Useful for creating sticky navigation.
										<br>To avoid "Sticky Menu" behavior select "Don't fix" option.<br><br>

										<ul>
											<li><strong>Delay before fix this row</strong> - the row goes beyond the edge of the window, then "returns" animatedly and sticks.</li>

											<li><strong>Hide this row on unfix</strong> - hides the row until scrolling down.</li>
										</ul>


									</li>


									<!--<li>
										<strong>Hide on desktops</strong> - conceals a row entirely on desktops (larger than <code>1680px</code>).
									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Hide on notebooks</strong> - conceals a row entirely on notebooks (from <code>1168px</code> to <code>1679px</code>).
									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Hide on tablets</strong> - conceals a row entirely on tablets (from <code>768px</code> to <code>1167px</code>).
									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Hide on mobile devices</strong> - conceals a row entirely on mobile devices and for screen resolution less than <code>767px</code>.
									</li>-->

									<li>
										<strong>Hide on the Frontpage</strong> - hides the row on the page assigned as the <strong>Homepage</strong> (Frontpage) in <i>Settings > Reading</i>. In case the Blog Feed page is assigned as the Homepage, the row stays <i>visible</i>.
									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Hide on single posts and pages</strong> - hides the row on single pages and posts.
									</li>


									<li>
										<strong>Hide on other pages</strong> - hides the row on pages that are not single ones (other than <code>is_singular()</code>).
									</li>

									<!--<li>
										<strong>Tabs content area</strong> - if enabled, displays the content of this section in a tab. The link that opens the tab content should be inserted to the page via the <i>Custom Tabs</i> widget. Please click <a href="#shortcodes_settings_custom_tabs">here</a> for more information on how to create blocks with tabs.
									</li>-->

								</ul>


							<!--<h4>Column Settings</h4>

								<p>
									You can open the column settings by clicking on the <a href="images/layouts_column_button.png" data-real-width="685" data-real-height="123" rel="prettyPhoto">Edit this column</a> button, and going to the <strong>Custom Layouts</strong> tab.

								</p>

								<div>

	                                <a href="images/layouts_vc_column.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

	                                    <img src="images/layouts_vc_column.png" alt="">

	                                </a>

	                            </div>

								<ul>

									<li>
										<strong>Column alignment</strong> - choose the alignment of the elements inside a column: Inherit (default), Left, Center or Right.

									</li>

									<li>
										<strong>Icons position</strong> - specify the icon position inside a shortcode: left (by default) or right.
									</li>

								</ul>

								<p class="wrap-info">
									<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> These column and row settings are applicable to <a href="#layouts_widgets">layout-specific shortcodes</a> only.
								</p>-->



						<h3 id="layouts_default">Default Layouts <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								In this section you can find the examples of layouts that come with the theme<!--<strong>Default Skin</strong>-->. If you have imported the <a href="#whole_demo_content">full demo content</a>, they will be available for you from the start. Otherwise, you would need to generate them in <a href="#theme_specific">Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > Theme Specific > Create Layouts</a>. Feel free to create your own layouts.
							</p>
							<p>
								You can view the list of available Layouts in <strong>Layouts (WP Dashboard) > All Layouts</strong>.

								<a href="images/layouts_list.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/layouts_list.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>



							<p class="under_image_p">
								All layouts are divided into <strong>six types</strong>. For more information on how to add each type of layouts to the page, please view <a href="#layouts_creating">Creating Layouts</a> section of this documentation file.
							</p>

								<ol>

									<li><a href="#layouts_settings_header">Header Layouts</a> - displays layouts in the header area.</li>

									<li><a href="#layouts_settings_footer">Footer Layouts</a> - inserts layouts in the footer area.</li>

									<li>
										<!--<a href="#layouts_settings_submenu">--><strong>Submenu Layouts</strong> - displays submenu layouts. Thus, it is possible to create custom dropdown menu via Elementor Page Builder without installing Uber Menu/Mega Menu plug-ins.
									</li>
									<li>
										<!--<a href="#layouts_settings_sidebar">--><strong>Sidebar Layouts</strong> - displays layouts in the sidebar area.
									</li>

									<li>
										<!--<a href="#layouts_settings_blog">--><strong>Blog Layouts</strong> - creates a template to output the Blog Stream page or post parts in Elementor "Blogger" widget.
									</li>
									<li>
										<a href="#layouts_settings_custom">Custom Layouts</a> - pastes layouts in any area of the website, except header and footer.
									</li>
								</ol>
							<p class="wrap-warning">
								<span class="label label-warning">Important!</span> Please be aware that this theme does not provide any examples of sidebar, submenu and blog layouts. Feel free to create your own ones.
							</p>



							<h4 id="layouts_settings_header">Header Layouts</h4>

								<p>
									The header menu can be customized in <strong>Appearance > Menus > Edit Menus</strong> or <strong>Appearance > Customize > Menus</strong>.
								</p>

								<p>
									In case no logo is selected in the Elementor "Layouts: Logo" widget, the initial logo from the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Logo &amp; Site Identity</strong> will be used.
								</p>

								<!--<p>
									The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
								</p>-->

								<p>
									A candy box <!--and burger--> icon triggers a <strong>panel</strong> with <!--a menu,--> social icons and some contact information. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or panels.

									<a href="images/homepage_panel.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/homepage_panel.png" alt="">

									</a>

									<a href="images/homepage_panel_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/homepage_panel_1.png" alt="">

									</a>

									<!--<a href="images/homepage_panel_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/homepage_panel_2.png" alt="">

									</a>-->


								</p>

								<!--<p>
									The news ticker works only if the <i>Ditty News Ticker</i> plug-in is installed and activated. Please navigate to <strong>News Tickers (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu to manage the tickers.

									<a href="images/ditty_news_ticker.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/ditty_news_ticker.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>-->

								<!--<p>
									The header background image is inherited from the <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Customize > Header > Header image</strong> section.
								</p>-->

								<!--<p>
									The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
								</p>-->

								<!--<p>
									In order to make the <strong>compare</strong> and <strong>wishlist</strong> widgets work properly, please make sure the <i>YITH WooCommerce Compare</i> and <i>YITH WooCommerce Wishlist</i> plug-ins are installed and active.
								</p>

								<p>
									The compare icon triggers a <strong>popup window</strong> with an iframe (yith woocompare table). Please see the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts widget</a> description to find out how to create a popup notification.

									<a href="images/compare_icon.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/compare_icon.png" alt="">

									</a>

									<a href="images/compare_icon_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/compare_icon_back.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<div class="spoil">

									<div class="sp_top">
										<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
									</div>

									<div class="sp_text">
										<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
											<pre class="prettyprint">
&lt;iframe class="cboxIframe Daug_resize" src="/?action=yith-woocompare-view-table&amp;iframe=yes" name="1586421907918" frameborder="0"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;</pre>
									</div>

								</div>-->

								<p class="under_image_p">
									<!--The dark blue background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark color scheme", specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced</strong>. The color scheme is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors (with Advanced mode)</strong>. You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/columns in <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background/Background Overlay</strong> in the Elementor editor.-->

									<!--The background color for the header area is mainly inherited from the color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).
									<br>
									You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/columns in <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background/Background Overlay</strong> in the Elementor editor.-->

									The background color/image for the header sections can be set or managed in <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background/Background Overlay</strong> in the Elementor editor.
								</p>
											<div class="clearfix">

												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/layouts_section_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_section_bg.png" alt="">

													</a>

												</div>


												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/section_bg_image_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/section_bg_image_1.png" alt="">
													</a>

												</div>

											</div>




								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									The background gradient is set in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background Overlay</strong> in the Elementor editor.
								</p>-->


								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									Additional CSS class <code>.wishlist_custom_widget</code> stylizes the wishlist widget.


											<a href="images/additional_css_class_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_1.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_1_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_1_front.png" alt="">

											</a>

								</p>-->

								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									You can customize the background image for the "Title and Breadcrumbs" area in the <strong>Edit Layouts: Title > Content > Layouts: Title</strong> section in the Elementor editor.
								</p>-->

								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									The background color for the menu area is inherited from "Light"/"Dark" color schemes, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color schemes are set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode) section.
								</p>-->


								<!--<p>
									Assigned ID to the Layout widget that displays custom "Popup Book a Call" layout with a form:
									<a href="images/header_layout_popup.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/header_layout_popup.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</p>
								<p>
									This ID is used as an address for the button:
									<a href="images/header_layout_popup_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/header_layout_popup_1.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</p>-->

									<ul class="paddings-big">


										<li id="layout_header_1">
											<h4 class="list-title">Header Default</h4>

												<!--This is a set of default (predefined) burger menu styles, available with this theme. Feel free to customize them according to your needs. Please follow the <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/burger-menu/" target="_blank">link</a> and examine all examples closely. -->

												<!--<p>
													This header style contains elements that are hidden for all screen resolutions.
												</p>-->
												<!--In the example below the "Header Color Scheme" option is set to "Dark" and the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page. The background image is a part of content. Please see Homepage 3 (Boxed) for more information.-->

												<a href="images/layouts_header_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
													<img src="images/layouts_header_1.png" alt="">
												</a>

												The delimiter below the header area is created as a border for a spacer.

													<a href="images/layouts_header_1_delimiter.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_header_1_delimiter.png" alt="">
													</a>

												<!--The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The styles as well as the background color of the top row in the header area are inherited from the narrow row type.

													<a href="images/header_narrow_row.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/header_narrow_row.png" alt="">
													</a>
												<p>-->


												<!--The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).-->


												<!--<p>
													The background color for the properties search form is set in <strong>Edit Column > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.

													<a href="images/layouts_header_1_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
														<img src="images/layouts_header_1_bg.png" alt="">
													</a>
												</p>-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
												</p>-->



											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The menu for this particular layout consists of two parts: "Left Main Menu" and "Right Main Menu". See the <a href="#customizer_settings_menus">Menus</a> section for more information.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												Additional CSS class <code>.header_bg_agency</code> positions the background image for devices with screen resolution from <code>1025px</code> to <code>1279px</code>.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_2_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_2_back.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</p>-->


											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The search form is moved down over the Title and Breadcrumbs area by setting the negative bottom margin and assigning the highter Z-Index to the section with the form.

												<a href="images/layouts_header_1_form.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_1_form.png" alt="">

												</a>
												In order to customize the background image for the Title and Breadcrumbs area, push the section with the form backwards (behind the Title and Breadcrumbs area) by setting "Z-Index" option to "0" for the section with the search form. See the screenshot above. Now you can easily access the section with Title and Breadcrumbs.
											</p>-->
											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background image for the Title and Breadcrumbs area can be customized in <strong>Edit Layouts Title  > Content > Background image</strong> in the Elementor editor panel.

											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												We have used the following additional CSS classes:
											</p>

											<ul>
												<li>
													<code>.extra_padding</code> - adds left and right paddings to the row.


														<a href="images/additional_css_class_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/additional_css_class_1.png" alt="">

														</a>

												</li>

												<li>
													<code>.extra_margin</code> - assigns left margin to the button.


														<a href="images/additional_css_class_2_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/additional_css_class_2_back.png" alt="">

														</a>

												</li>
											</ul>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background overlay color is set in the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background Overlay</strong> tab in the Elementor editor panel.
											</p>-->


										</li>


										<li id="layout_header_2">
											<h4 class="list-title">Header Default Light Logo</h4>
											<!--<p>
												<i>In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content. Please see Homepage 2 for more information.</i>

											</p>-->
											<!--In the example below the header area overflows content and dark header color scheme is used. These settings are set in the Theme Options section on a particular page. Please see Homepage 2 for more information. -->

											<a href="images/layouts_header_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_header_2.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<!--View on tablets

											<a href="images/layouts_header_2_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
												<img src="images/layouts_header_2_2.png" alt="">
											</a>-->

											The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).

											<!--A burger / candy box icon triggers <strong>a panel</strong> with menu and social icons. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or panels.

												<a href="images/homepage_2_panel.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/homepage_2_panel.png" alt="">

												</a>-->

											<!--Custom margin below the header area is set in the layout's settings in the "Item Options" section.

											<a href="images/layouts_header_2_margin.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_header_2_margin.png" alt="">

											</a>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The slider can be customized in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu. <br>Please see <a href="#plugins_settings_slider_revolution">Revolution Slider</a> section of this documentation file for more information.
											</p>

											<p>
												The "Home woocommerce category" menu opens each menu item in a popup window. The content areas for such popups are built using submenu layouts (WP Dashboard > Layouts). Please see <a href="#layouts_settings_submenu">Submenu Layouts</a> chapter of this documentation file or <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/submenu-layouts/" target="_blank">our article</a> to view how to use submenu layouts properly.

												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_example.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_example.png" alt="">

												</a>


											</p>

											<p class="under_image_p">
												You can proceed to <strong>Appearance (WP Dashboard) > Menus</strong> and display "Home woocommerce category" menu to find out what submenu layout is used for each menu item.

												<a href="images/submenu_menu.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/submenu_menu.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The burger menu is built as a simple button that triggers a side panel with the navigation menu.
												<br>You can manage the custom layout with the navigation menu in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab.
												<br>Please view the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts widget</a> description to find out how to build a panel.

												<a href="images/layouts_header_2_menu.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
													<img src="images/layouts_header_2_menu.png" alt="">
												</a>
											</p>-->


											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode) section.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												You can manage the background color for the Title and Breadcrumbs area in the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
											</p>-->
											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												We have used the following additional CSS classes:
											</p>

											<ul>
												<li>
													<code>.extra_padding</code> - adds left and right paddings to the row.


												</li>

												<li>
													<code>.extra_margin</code> - assigns left margin to the button.


												</li>
											</ul>-->


										</li>

										<li id="layout_header_3">
											<h4 class="list-title">Header Default Single</h4>

											<!--In the example below the header area overflows content. The background image/color is a part of content of the page.-->

											<!--In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Winemaking" page for more information.-->

											<a href="images/layouts_header_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_header_3.png" alt="">

											</a>

											<!--The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												You can manage the slider in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu. <br>Please see <a href="#plugins_settings_slider_revolution">Revolution Slider</a> section of this documentation file for more information.
											</p>

											<p>
												The content for the menu items in popup windows can be managed in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The content for the slider is taken from single posts.
											</p>

											<p>
												Additional CSS class <code>.slider-max-height</code> regulates the height of the slider for different screen sizes.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_1.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background color for the menu area is inherited from "Dark color scheme" (Edit Section > Advanced). The color scheme is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors (with Advanced mode)</strong>. You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.
											</p>

											<a href="images/layouts_header_3_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_header_3_back.png" alt="">

											</a>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background color for the header area can be managed in the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.
											</p>-->

										</li>





										<li id="layout_header_4">
											<h4 class="list-title">Header Main Dark Logo Sticky</h4>

												<!--In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Modern Church" homepage for more information.-->
													<!--<i>(with "Event" page title)</i>-->


												<!--<p>
													In the example below the "Header Color Scheme" option is set to "Dark" and the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page. The background image is a part of content. Please see Homepage 3 for more information.
												</p>-->

												<a href="images/layouts_header_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_4.png" alt="">

												</a>





												<!--The candy box icon triggers <strong>a panel</strong> with social icons and some contact information. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or panels.

												<a href="images/homepage_panel.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/homepage_panel.png" alt="">

												</a>

												<a href="images/homepage_panel_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/homepage_panel_1.png" alt="">

												</a>

												The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark (Dermatology)" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).<br>

												This header layout is designed to be displayed over the content area and in this case the background color will become invisible.-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The slider can be customized in the <strong>Slider Revolution (WP Dashboard)</strong> menu. <br>Please see <a href="#plugins_settings_slider_revolution">Revolution Slider</a> section of this documentation file for more information.
												</p>

												<p>
													The content for the menu items in popup windows can be managed in <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong>.
												</p>-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													You can manage the background image for the Title and Breadcrumbs area in <strong>Edit Layouts Title  > Content > Background image</strong> in the Elementor editor panel.

												</p>-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
												</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark color scheme", specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode) section.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												"Watch Intro" button triggers a popup window with a video. Please view the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts widget</a> description to find out how to build a popup notification.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												We have used custom CSS class <code>.extra-icon</code> to remove the background from the icon and reduce the size of the icon.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_2.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												We have used the following additional CSS classes:
											</p>

											<ul>
												<li>
													<code>.extra_padding</code> - adds left and right paddings to the row.


												</li>

												<li>
													<code>.extra_margin</code> - assigns left margin to the button.


												</li>
											</ul>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark color scheme" (Edit Section > Advanced). The color scheme is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors (with Advanced mode)</strong>. You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												Custom paddings/margins for the sections are set in the <strong>Edit Section > Advanced</strong> in the Elementor Editor panel.


												<a href="images/layouts_header_4_paddings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_4_paddings.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</p>

											<p class="under_image_p">
												The button "Request a call" triggers a popup window with a contact form. The contact form can be managed in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.<br>Please view the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts shortcode</a> description to find out how to build a popup notification.
											</p>-->


										</li>




										<li id="layout_header_5">
											<h4 class="list-title">Header Main Light Logo</h4>

												<!--In the example below the header area overflows content. The background image is a part of content of the page.-->

												<!--<i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>-->
												<!--<p>
													<i>(the image will be replaced with a featured image of a single service post)</i>
												</p>-->

												<!--<p>
													This header layout contains white logo. That is why in the example below we have added the body background image in the Theme Options on a particular page.
												</p>-->

												<a href="images/layouts_header_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_5.png" alt="">

												</a>

												The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).

												<!--View on tablets

												<a href="images/layouts_header_5_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
													<img src="images/layouts_header_5_2.png" alt="">
												</a>-->

												<!--A candy box icon triggers <strong>a panel</strong> with social icons and some contact information. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or panels.

													<a href="images/homepage_panel.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/homepage_panel.png" alt="">

													</a>

													<a href="images/homepage_panel_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/homepage_panel_1.png" alt="">

													</a>-->

												<!--The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The styles as well as the background color of the top row in the header area are inherited from the narrow row type, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Custom Layout > Row type</strong>.
												<p>-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
												</p>

												<p>
													The background color of the first row with contact infromation is inherited from the "Narrow" row type, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Layout > Custom Layout</strong> in the Elementor editor.
												</p>-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode) section.
												</p>-->

												<!--<p class="under_image_p">
													The background image for the Title and Breadcrumbs area can be customized in <strong>Edit Layouts Title  > Content > Background image</strong> in the Elementor editor panel.

												</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												You can customize the background image for the header area in the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background Overlay</strong> tab in the Elementor editor panel.

											</p>-->



										</li>


										<li id="layout_header_6">
											<h4 class="list-title">Header Simple</h4>

												<!--<i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>-->


												<!--This header style is transparent and is designed to be placed over content image, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/home-winery/" target="_blank">Home 2</a>.-->


												<a href="images/layouts_header_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_6.png" alt="">

												</a>



												<!--The background image is set in <strong>Edit Column > Style > Background</strong>.-->
												<!--The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark color scheme" (Edit Section > Advanced). The color scheme is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors (with Advanced mode)</strong>. You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.<br><br>



													The block with breadcrumbs is moved down by setting the "Shift block along the Y-axis" option to "Medium" in the <strong>Edit Column > Advanced > Position</strong> section in the Elementor editor.

													<a href="images/header_layout_breadcrumbs.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/header_layout_breadcrumbs.png" alt="">

													</a>-->

										</li>

										<!--<li id="layout_header_7">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>-->

												<!--<i>(with "Our Performers" page title)</i>-->
												<!--This header style is transparent and is designed to be placed over content image, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/home-5/" target="_blank">Home 5</a>.-->
												<!--In the example below the "Header position" option is set to "Over" in the Theme Options settings for a particular page and the background image is a part of content.-->


												<!--<a href="images/layouts_header_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_7.png" alt="">

												</a>-->

												<!--The social icons on the mobile menu are enabled globally in <strong>WP Dashboard > Appearance > Customize > General > Navigation > Mobile menu socials</strong> and inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.-->

												<!--Sticky Menu

												<a href="images/layouts_header_7_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
													<img src="images/layouts_header_7_2.png" alt="">
												</a>-->

												<!--The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab. -->

												<!--The background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).-->


										<!--</li>-->




										<!--<li id="layout_header_8">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>-->

												<!--<i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>-->

												<!--<a href="images/layouts_header_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_8.png" alt="">

												</a>-->

												<!--The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.<br><br>

												Dark background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark (Lab)" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).<br>

												This header layout is designed to be displayed over the content area and in this case dark background color will become invisible.-->

										<!--</li>

										<li id="layout_header_9">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>-->

												<!--In the example below the header area overflows content area and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Cheesemaking" page for more information.-->

												<!--<a href="images/layouts_header_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_9.png" alt="">

												</a>-->

												<!--The candy box icon triggers <strong>a panel</strong> with social icons and some contact information. In order to customize the content for the panel, please navigate to <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> tab and edit the corresponding custom layout.<br>Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification or panels.

												<a href="images/homepage_panel.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/homepage_panel.png" alt="">

												</a>

												<a href="images/homepage_panel_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/homepage_panel_1.png" alt="">

												</a>-->

												<!--The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.-->

										<!--</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_header_10">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

												In the example below the header area overflows content area and the background image is a part of content. Please see "Taoism" homepage for more information.

												<a href="images/layouts_header_10.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_10.png" alt="">

												</a>


										</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_header_11">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_header_11.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_11.png" alt="">

												</a>

												Dark background color for the header area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, specified in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > Theme-specific params</strong>. The color scheme is set in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> section (with Advanced mode).-->

												<!--The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.<br><br>



												This header layout is designed to be displayed over the content area and in this case dark background color will become invisible.-->

										<!--</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_header_12">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

												<i>(with Craft Beer Festival Menu)</i>

												<a href="images/layouts_header_12.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_12.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_header_13">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

												<i>(with "Donation" page title)</i>

												<a href="images/layouts_header_13.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_13.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</li>

										<li id="layout_header_14">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

												<i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>

												<a href="images/layouts_header_14.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_14.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_header_15">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_header_15.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_15.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</li>

										<li id="layout_header_16">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_header_16.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_16.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</li>

										<li id="layout_header_17">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

												<i>(with "Shop" page title)</i>

												<a href="images/layouts_header_17.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_header_17.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</li>-->



									</ul>




							<h4 id="layouts_settings_footer">Footer Layouts</h4>

								<p>
									The footer menu can be customized in <strong>Appearance > Menus > Edit Menus</strong> or <strong>Appearance > Customize > Menus</strong>.
								</p>

								<p>
									In case no logo is selected in the Elementor "Layouts: Logo" widget, the initial logo from the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Logo &amp; Site Identity</strong> will be used.
								</p>

								<p>
									In order to make the <strong>current year</strong> change automatically in the copyright area, just paste <code class="light">{Y}</code> or <code class="light">{{Y}}</code> instead of the year.
								</p>

								<p>
									The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
								</p>

								<!--<p>
									You can connect your Instagram account in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Instagram Feed > All Feeds > Add New</strong>. Please click <a href="https://smashballoon.com/doc/setting-up-the-free-instagram-feed-wordpress-plugin/" target="_blank">here</a> for more information.
								</p>-->

								<!--<p>
									The subscription form can be managed in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>.
								</p>

								<p>
									Shortcode for the <strong>subscription form</strong>:
								</p>

								<div class="spoil">

									<div class="sp_top">
										<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
									</div>

									<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-4"]</pre>
									</div>

								</div>

								<div>

                                    <a href="images/layouts_footer_2_mailchimp.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                        <img src="images/layouts_footer_2_mailchimp.png" alt="">

                                    </a>

								</div>-->






								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									In "Footer (home 5)", "Footer (newsletter)", "Footer (sponsor full width)", "Footer (sponsor)", "Main Footer" and "Main Footer + Action" layouts custom CSS class <code>.extra-soc</code> places the social icons like on our demo (two in a row).

									<a href="images/additional_css_class_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                        <img src="images/additional_css_class_1.png" alt="">

                                    </a>

									<a href="images/additional_css_class_1_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                        <img src="images/additional_css_class_1_front.png" alt="">

                                    </a>
								</p>-->



								<!--<p>
									The background color for the footer areas is inherited from "Dark" color scheme specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode). You can also set up individual color/image settings for the rows/columns/elements in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor panel.

									<div class="clearfix">

												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/layouts_section_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_section_bg.png" alt="">

													</a>

												</div>


												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/section_bg_image_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/section_bg_image_1.png" alt="">
													</a>

												</div>

									</div>

								</p>-->

								<p>
									The background color/image for the footer areas can be set or customized in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background/Background Overlay</strong> tabs in the Elementor widgets panel.
								</p>

									<div class="clearfix">

												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/layouts_section_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_section_bg.png" alt="">

													</a>

												</div>


												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/section_bg_image_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/section_bg_image_1.png" alt="">
													</a>

												</div>

									</div>


								<p class="under_image_p">

									We have used additional CSS class <code>.underline_anim</code> to add underlining effect to a link (for Elementor "Text Editor" widget).

										<a href="images/additional_css_class_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                            <img src="images/additional_css_class_6.png" alt="">

                                        </a>
								</p>

								<div class="spoil">

									<div class="sp_top">
										<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
									</div>

									<div class="sp_text">
										<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;a class="underline_anim" href="mailto:info@email.com"&gt;info@email.com&lt;/a&gt;</pre>
									</div>

								</div>

								<!--<p>
									We have used the following custom CSS classes to make the footer areas display like on our demo:
								</p>

								<ul>

										<li><code>.contact-text</code> - sets the text and links colors for the contacts section.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_5_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_5_back.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
												<a href="images/additional_css_class_5_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_5_front.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

										</li>

										<li><code>.trx_addons_scroll_to_top style-1</code> - stylizes the scroll to top button.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_4_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_4_2.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
												<a href="images/additional_css_class_4_front_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_4_front_2.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

										</li>

										<li><code>.copyright-text</code> - sets the font size of the copyright text.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_.png" alt="">

											</a>

										</li>

									</ul>-->


								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									The background color for the footer area is inherited from "Dark color scheme" specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode). You can also set up individual color settings for the rows/elements in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor panel.

								</p>-->


								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									Custom paddings/margins for the sections are set in the <strong>Edit Section > Advanced</strong> in the Elementor Editor panel.
								</p>-->


									<ul class="paddings-big">



										<li id="layout_footer_1">
											<h4 class="list-title">Footer Default</h4>

											<!--This is a set of default (predefined) footer styles, provided with the theme. Feel free to customize them according to your needs.-->

											<!--<p>
												In the example below the "Footer Color Scheme" option is set to "Dark" in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors</strong> section on a particular page.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p>
												This footer style contains empty elements that are hidden for all screen resolutions.
											</p>-->



                                            <a href="images/layouts_footer_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_1.png" alt="">

                                            </a>

											The subscription form can be managed in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-9</code>.

											<br><br>

											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-9"]</pre>
												</div>

											</div>

                                            <!--We have used additional CSS class <code>.underline_anim</code> to add underlining effect to a link (for Elementor "Text Editor" widget).

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_6.png" alt="">

												</a>


												<div class="spoil">

													<div class="sp_top">
														<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
													</div>

													<div class="sp_text">
														<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;a class="underline_anim" href="mailto:info@email.com"&gt;info@email.com&lt;/a&gt;</pre>
													</div>

												</div>-->

											<!--By default, the demo mode is enabled and the Elementor "Widget: Instagram" displays images from your demo folder (<code>/wp-content/uploads/</code>). You can disable the demo mode and connect your Instagram account in the "Instagram API" section in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.-->

											<!--Dark background color for the footer area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, that is (Edit Section > Advanced). The color scheme is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode). You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.

											<br><br>-->



											<!--You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section.-->



												<!--Additional CSS class <code>.extra-icon</code> removes background from the icon and reduces the size of the icon.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_2_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_2_2.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
											-->





											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												In order to manage the single event posts, proceed to <strong>Events (WP Dashboard) > Events</strong> post type section.
											</p>-->



											<!--<p>
												The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The section with background image is moved up. To avoid such behaviour, set "Push block along the Y-axis" option to "None" in the <strong>Edit Section > Position</strong> tab.

												<a href="images/push_block_up_back_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/push_block_up_back_2.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												To make the google map function properly, please make sure there is a valid API key in the "Google API key" field in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The contact form can be customized in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.
											</p>
											<p>
												The background color/image for the footer sections can be customized in the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background/Background Overlay/Parallax</strong> tabs in the Elementor widgets panel.



												<a href="images/layouts_footer_1_back.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_1_back.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
											</p>-->


										</li>




										<li id="layout_footer_2">
											<h4 class="list-title">Footer Default Single</h4>



											<a href="images/layouts_footer_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_2.png" alt="">

                                            </a>

                                            <!--You can manage the subscription form in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-10</code>.

											<br><br>

											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-10"]</pre>
												</div>

											</div>-->


											<!--We have used additional CSS class <code>.underline_anim</code> and <code>.underline_do_hover</code> to add underlining effect to a link and (for Elementor "Text Editor" widget).

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_6.png" alt="">

												</a>


											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;a class="underline_anim" href="mailto:info@email.com"&gt;info@email.com&lt;/a&gt;</pre>
												</div>

											</div>-->


												<!--The contact form can be customized in <strong>Contact (WP Dashboard) > Contact Forms</strong>.
											-->



											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The background image for the footer area can be managed in <i>Image</i> widget's settings.

												<a href="images/layouts_footer_2_bg_image.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_2_bg_image.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												We have used additional CSS class <code>.copyrigrht</code> to change the color of the link in the copyright area.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_1.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												We have used the inline styles for the text on yellow background (through the visual editor), like on the screenshot below.

												<a href="images/layouts_footer_2_text.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_2_text.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
											</p>

											<p class="under_image_p">
												Custom CSS class <code>.Daug_no_margin</code> stylizes the section with event.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												To customize top red border, open the navigator in the bottom editor panel, find the first section and set the parameters to your needs in the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Border</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.

												<a href="images/layouts_footer_2_border.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_2_border.png" alt="">

                                                </a>
											</p>-->



											<!--<p class="under_image_p">

												The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The subscription form can be managed in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												To make the google map function properly, please make sure there is a valid API key in the "Google API key" field in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.
											</p>-->


										</li>

										<li id="layout_footer_3">
											<h4 class="list-title">Footer Light</h4>

												<!--In the example below the footer color scheme is set to "Dark (Brown + Green)" in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors</strong> settings on a particular page.-->


												<a href="images/layouts_footer_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_footer_3.png" alt="">

												</a>

												If you want to insert your Instagram Feed, we recommend using "Smash Balloon Social Photo Feed" plug-in. You can connect your Instagram account in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Instagram Feed > All Feeds > Add New</strong>. Please click <a href="https://smashballoon.com/doc/setting-up-the-free-instagram-feed-wordpress-plugin/" target="_blank">here</a> for more information.

												<!--You can manage the subscription form in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-7</code>.

												<br><br>

												<div class="spoil">

													<div class="sp_top">
														<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
													</div>

													<div class="sp_text">
														<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-7"]</pre>
													</div>

												</div>-->


												<!--If you want to insert your Instagram Feed, we recommend using "Smash Balloon Social Photo Feed" plug-in. You can connect your Instagram account in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Instagram Feed > All Feeds > Add New</strong>. Please click <a href="https://smashballoon.com/doc/setting-up-the-free-instagram-feed-wordpress-plugin/" target="_blank">here</a> for more information.
												<br>
												<br>The images in the Elementor back-end editor are inserted to the page using Elementor "Widget: Instagram" and are taken from your demo folder (<code>/wp-content/uploads/</code>). This block is hidden on the front-end for all screen resolution in the Elementor widget&#39;s settings.

												<a href="images/home_instagram.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title=""><img src="images/home_instagram.png" alt=""></a>

												In order to display the images from your demo folder, please activate Elementor "Widget: Instagram" (Advanced > Responsive) and hide the block with Smash Balloon Social Photo Feed plug-in&#39;s shortcode.-->

												<!--We have used the following custom CSS classes to make the footer area display like on our demo: <br><br>


												<ul>

													<li><code>.extra_menu_in_footer</code> - stylizes the menu in the footer area (for "Layouts: Menu" widget).

														<a href="images/layouts_footer_3_css_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

																<img src="images/layouts_footer_3_css_1.png" alt="">

															</a>

													</li>

													<li><code>.underline_anim</code> -  adds underlining effect to a link (for Elementor "Text Editor" widget).

														<a href="images/additional_css_class_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

																<img src="images/additional_css_class_6.png" alt="">

															</a>



														<div class="spoil">

															<div class="sp_top">
																<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
															</div>

															<div class="sp_text">
																<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;a class="underline_anim" href="mailto:info@email.com"&gt;info@email.com&lt;/a&gt;</pre>
															</div>

														</div>

													</li>

												</ul>-->
												<!--The background color for the footer area <i>(if no background image is used)</i> is inherited from <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong>, select the color scheme you are using and update the <strong>"Main > Accent 3"</strong> field.

												<a href="images/layouts_footer_3_bg_color.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_3_bg_color.png" alt="">

                                                </a>


												The footer menu can be customized in <strong>Appearance > Menus > Edit Menus</strong> or <strong>Appearance > Customize > Menus</strong>.-->


											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section.
											</p>-->



											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												In order to manage the single event posts, proceed to <strong>Events (WP Dashboard) > Events</strong> post type section.
											</p>



											<p class="under_image_p">
												To make the google map function properly, please make sure there is a valid API key in the "Google API key" field in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.
											</p>-->

										</li>


										<li id="layout_footer_4">
											<h4 class="list-title">Footer Light Single</h4>


											<!--<i>In the example below the footer color scheme is set to "Default (Dietitian)" in the <strong>Theme Options > Colors</strong> section of a page.</i>-->

                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_4.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

                                            <!--You can manage the subscription form in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-7</code>.

											<br><br>

											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-7"]</pre>
												</div>

											</div>-->

											<!--By default, the demo mode is enabled and the Elementor "Widget: Instagram" displays images from your demo folder (<code>/wp-content/uploads/</code>). You can disable the demo mode and connect your Instagram account in the "Instagram API" section in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.

											<br><br>-->

											<!--Additional CSS class <code>.extra_menu_in_footer</code> stylizes the menu in the footer area (for "Layouts: Menu" widget).

											<a href="images/layouts_footer_4_css_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_footer_4_css_1.png" alt="">

											</a>-->

											<!--You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section.-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												The subscription form can be customized in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>.
											</p>-->

											<!--<p class="under_image_p">
												To customize the background color for the footer area, navigate to the <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
											</p>


											"Subscribe" button triggers top panel with subcsription form. Please view the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts widget</a> description to find out how to build a popup/panel notifications. The subscription form can be customized in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>.-->


											<!--Custom CSS class <code>.extra_menu_in_footer</code> stylizes the menu (for "Layouts: Menu" widget).

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_7.png" alt="">

                                                </a>-->


										</li>

										<li id="layout_footer_5">
											<h4 class="list-title">Footer Main</h4>



                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_5.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

												You can connect your Instagram account in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Instagram Feed > All Feeds > Add New</strong>. Please click <a href="https://smashballoon.com/doc/setting-up-the-free-instagram-feed-wordpress-plugin/" target="_blank">here</a> for more information.

												<!--We have used additional CSS class <code>.extra_menu_in_footer</code> to stylize the menu in the footer area (for "Layouts: Menu" widget).

														<a href="images/layouts_footer_5_css_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_footer_5_css_1.png" alt="">

														</a>-->

												<!--By default, the demo mode is enabled and the Elementor "Widget: Instagram" displays images from your demo folder (<code>/wp-content/uploads/</code>). You can disable the demo mode and connect your Instagram account in the "Instagram API" section in the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.-->

										</li>

										<li id="layout_footer_6">
											<h4 class="list-title">Footer Main Single</h4>


                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_6.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

										</li>

										<!--<li id="layout_footer_7">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>


                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_7.png" alt="">

                                                </a>-->

												<!--The background color for the footer area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, that is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode). You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.<br><br>

												You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section (works only if the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in is installed and active).<br><br>

												In order to manage the subscription form, navigate to <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-9</code>. <br><br>

												<div class="spoil">

													<div class="sp_top">
														<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
													</div>

													<div class="sp_text">
														<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-9"]</pre>
													</div>

												</div>-->

										<!--</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_footer_8">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_8.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

										</li>

										<li id="layout_footer_9">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_9.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

										</li>-->

										<!--<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_10.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_10.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

												The background color for the footer area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, that is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode). You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_11.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_11.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

												The background color for the footer area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, that is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode). You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.<br><br>

												The subscription form can be managed in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-9</code>. <br><br>

												<div class="spoil">

													<div class="sp_top">
														<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
													</div>

													<div class="sp_text">
														<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-9"]</pre>
													</div>

												</div>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_12.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_12.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

                                                <a href="images/layouts_footer_13.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/layouts_footer_13.png" alt="">

                                                </a>

												The background color for the footer area is inherited from "Dark" color scheme, that is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> (with Advanced mode). You can also set up individual color settings for the sections/elements in <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.<br><br>

												You can customize the subscription form in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-10</code>. <br><br>

												<div class="spoil">

													<div class="sp_top">
														<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
													</div>

													<div class="sp_text">
														<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-10"]</pre>
													</div>

												</div>

										</li>-->

									</ul>




							<!--<h4 id="layouts_settings_submenu">Submenu Layouts</h4>

									<ul class="paddings-big">

										<p>
											All pre-built submenu layouts are designed to be used in a popup window for "Home woocommerce category" menu, which is vertically aligned. Please click <a href="https://themerex.net/wp/submenu-layouts/" target="_blank">here</a> to view how to use submenu layouts properly.

											<a href="images/layouts_submenu_example.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_submenu_example.png" alt="">

											</a>
										</p>

										<p class="under_image_p">
											The menus can be customized in <strong>Appearance > Menus > Edit Menus</strong> or <strong>Appearance > Customize > Menus</strong>.
										</p>



										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Fifth submenu for home vertical menu</h4>






												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_1.png" alt="">

												</a>




                                            <p class="under_image_p">
												Additional CSS class <code>.has-text-hover-3-background-color</code> makes the background color for the column inherit the setting, specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> for "Default" color scheme in the "Main > Accent 3 Hover" field.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_3.png" alt="">

												</a>

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_3_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_3_front.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</p>

											<p class="under_image_p">
												Custom CSS class <code>.blue_hover</code> changes the hover color for the menu items to light blue.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_4.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</p>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">First submenu for home vertical menu</h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_2.png" alt="">

												</a>



											<p class="under_image_p">
												Additional CSS class <code>.has-text-link-3-background-color</code> makes the background color for the column inherit the setting, specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> for "Default" color scheme in the "Main > Accent 3" field.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_5.png" alt="">

												</a>

											</p>



										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Fourth submenu for home vertical menu</h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_3.png" alt="">

												</a>



											<p class="under_image_p">
												The background color for the column can be managed in <strong>Edit Column > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.
											</p>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Second submenu for home vertical menu</h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_4.png" alt="">

												</a>



											<p class="under_image_p">
												The single service posts can be customized in the <strong>Services (WP Dashboard) > All Services</strong> post type section. Please also see <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> section of this documentation file for more information.
											</p>

											<p>
												You can manage the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section.
											</p>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Seventh submenu for home vertical menu</h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_5.png" alt="">

												</a>



											<p class="under_image_p">
												The background image is set in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.
											</p>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Sixth submenu for home vertical menu</h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_6.png" alt="">

												</a>



											<p class="under_image_p">
												The background image can be managed in <strong>Edit Section > Style > Background</strong> in the Elementor editor.
											</p>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Third submenu for home vertical menu</h4>



												<a href="images/layouts_submenu_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_submenu_7.png" alt="">

												</a>



											<p>
												The blogger widget outputs WooCommerce products. You can customize the single products in the <strong>Products (WP Dashboard) > All Products</strong> section.
											</p>

										</li>



									</ul>-->



							<!--<h4 id="layouts_settings_sidebar">Sidebar Layouts</h4>

								<p>
									Pre-built custom sidebar layouts are designed to be displayed in the sidebar area. This type of the layouts appears in the list of available sidebars in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General/Mobile/Blog/WooCommerce/Plugin Settings</strong> sections or in the <strong>Theme Options > Widgets</strong> settings on a particular page, in <strong>Sidebar > Sidebar style > Custom</strong>.
								</p>

								<p>
									To customize the background color/image for the sidebar sections, navigate to the <strong>Edit Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
								</p>



									<ul class="paddings-big">



										<li id="layout_sidebar_1">
											<h4 class="list-title">Property Listing Sidebar</h4>


											<div class="clearfix">

												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/layouts_sidebar_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_sidebar_1.png" alt="">

													</a>

												</div>
											</div>
											<p class="under_image_p">
												The facebook feed works only if the <i>Smash Balloon Social Post Feed</i> plug-in is installed.
											</p>

											<p class="under_image_p">
												In order to start comparing, click "Scales" icon on the necessary property item in the content section of a page and then click "Compare" button.

												<a href="images/trx_sc_properties_compare.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/trx_sc_properties_compare.png" alt="">

												</a>
											</p>

										</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_sidebar_2">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>


											<div class="clearfix">

												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/layouts_sidebar_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_sidebar_2.png" alt="">

													</a>

												</div>

											</div>
										</li>

										<p class="under_image_p">
											Additional CSS class <code>.trx_addons_list_numbered</code> stylizes the numbered lists.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/additional_css_class_1.png" alt="">

											</a>
										</p>-->

									<!--</ul>-->







								<!--<h4 id="layouts_settings_blog">Blog Layouts</h4>

								<p>
									You can specify the columns quantity and the loading scripts to position content elements in the <strong>Item Options</strong> section of a custom layout.

									<a href="images/layouts_blog_item_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/layouts_blog_item_options.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									Below you can find an example of pre-built blog layout applied to the Blogger widget.
								</p>





									<ul class="paddings-big">



										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Blog item “Details”</h4>




												<a href="images/layouts_blog_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_blog_1.png" alt="">

												</a>



										</li>


										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Blog item “Masonry”</h4>




													<a href="images/layouts_blog_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_blog_2.png" alt="">

													</a>




										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Blog item “Portfolio Vertical”</h4>






													<a href="images/layouts_blog_3_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_blog_3_front.png" alt="">

													</a>




										</li>


										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Blog item “Portfolio”</h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_blog_4_front.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_blog_4_front.png" alt="">

													</a>


										</li>
									</ul>-->


								<h4 id="layouts_settings_custom">Custom Layouts</h4>

								<!--<p>
									In this chapter we will describe the custom layouts combined into groups by their formation.
								</p>-->

								<p>
									Pre-built custom layouts are designed to be displayed in a popup window or in a panel. Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts Widget</a> for more information about the popup notifications and panels.
								</p>

								<!--<p>
									Custom paddings/margins for the sections are set in the <strong>Edit Section > Advanced</strong> in the Elementor Editor panel.
								</p>-->

								<!--<p>
									You can customize the subscription form in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-11</code>.
								</p>

									<div class="spoil">

										<div class="sp_top">
											<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
										</div>

										<div class="sp_text">
											<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-11"]</pre>
										</div>

									</div>-->


								<p>
									The background color/image for the page sections can be set or customized in the <strong>Edit Section/Column > Style > Background</strong> tab in the Elementor widgets panel.
								</p>

									<div class="clearfix">

												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/layouts_section_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_section_bg.png" alt="">

													</a>

												</div>


												<div class="col-md-6">

													<a href="images/section_bg_image_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/section_bg_image_1.png" alt="">
													</a>

												</div>

									</div>





								<!--<h4>"Events" layouts group:</h4>


								<p>
									The custom layouts of this group are designed to be displayed inside tabs, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/protestant-christianity/" target="_blank">Protestant Christianity</a> homepage.
								</p>-->

								<!--<h4>Layouts for a <a href="images/slider_layouts.png" data-real-width="1362" data-real-height="582" rel="prettyPhoto">slider</a></h4>-->

								<!--<p>
									The custom layouts of this group are designed to be displayed inside a slider, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/yachting-sports/" target="_blank">Yachting Sports</a> page and for "Light" site color scheme.
								</p>-->

								<!--<p>
									You can customize the single portfolio posts in <strong>Portfolio (WP Dashboard) > All Portfolio items</strong> post type section.
								</p>-->

									<!--<ul class="paddings-big">

										<li id="layout_custom_1">

											<h4 class="list-title">Events day 1</h4>

											Below you can find an example of "Portfolio Chess Layout Slider" layout.



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_1.png" alt="">

													</a>





										</li>



										<li id="layout_custom_2">
											<h4 class="list-title">Events day 2</h4>

											Here is an example of "Portfolio Chess Layout Slider Wine" layout.



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_2.png" alt="">

													</a>-->





											<!--Custom CSS class <code>.top_index</code> stylizes uppercase (reduces the font size to <code>70%</code> and alligns digits top). It is designed to display decimal numbers, like prices. This class name can be applied to any text field (even titles, subtitles, description, etc.) in any Elementor widget.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_2.png" alt="">

												</a>

											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">$587.&lt;span class="top_index"&gt;00&lt;/span&gt;</pre>
												</div>

											</div>

											The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab. -->

										<!--</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Events day 3</h4>

											Below you can find an example of "Portfolio Chess Layout Slider Seafood" layout.



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_3.png" alt="">

													</a>




										</li>-->

                                        <!--<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

											Here is an example of "Portfolio Chess Layout Slider Festival" layout.

											<div>

													<a href="images/layouts_custom_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_4.png" alt="">

													</a>

											</div>


										</li>-->

										<!--<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

											Here is an example of "Portfolio Chess Layout Slider Festival" layout.

											<div>

													<a href="images/layouts_custom_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_5.png" alt="">

													</a>

											</div>


										</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_custom_5">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

											Here is an example of "Event Week 1" layout.
											Below you can find an example of "Chess Portfolio" layout.


											<div>

													<a href="images/layouts_custom_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_6.png" alt="">

													</a>

											</div>-->

											<!--We have used additionsl CSS class <code>.custom_icon_btn</code> to stylize a button, that is output using default Elementor Button widget from "Basic" group.

												<a href="images/additional_css_class_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/additional_css_class_9.png" alt="">

												</a>

											The hover effects are set in the "Mouse Helper" sections of Button widget's settings. Please also examine the "Stacked Section" example at the bottom of demo <a href="https://qwery.ancorathemes.com/portfolio-fullwidth/" target="_blank">Portfolio Fullwidth</a> page for hover effects applied to "View Case Study" buttons.

												<a href="images/layouts_custom_5_hover.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_custom_5_hover.png" alt="">

												</a>-->

										<!--</li>-->

										<!--<li id="layout_custom_6">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>

											Here is an example of "Event Week 1" layout.
											Below you can find an example of "Chess Portfolio" layout.

											<div>

													<a href="images/layouts_custom_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_6.png" alt="">

													</a>

											</div>

										</li>-->

									<!--</ul>-->



								<h4>Popups<!-- and panels--></h4>

									<!--<p>
										These pre-built custom layouts are designed to be displayed in a popup window or in a panel. Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Layouts Widget</a> for more information about the popup notifications and panels.
									</p>-->

									<!--<p class="under_image_p">
										The background color of the panels can also be inherited from the layout's color scheme, specified in a particular content section.

										<a href="images/header_panel_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/header_panel_bg.png" alt="">

										</a>
									</p>-->

									<ul class="paddings-big">

										<li id="layout_custom_1">
											<h4 class="list-title">MailChimp Popup</h4>

												<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp.png" alt="">

												</a>



												The subscription form can be managed in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-11</code>. <br><br>


												<div class="spoil">

													<div class="sp_top">
														<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
													</div>

													<div class="sp_text">
														<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-11"]</pre>
													</div>

												</div>
                                            <!--The menu can be customized in <strong>Appearance > Menus > Edit Menus</strong> or <strong>Appearance > Customize > Menus</strong>.
											<br><br>

											In case no logo is selected in the "Layouts: Logo" widget, the initial logo from the <strong>Appearance > Customize > Logo &amp; Site Identity</strong> will be used.  <br><br>

											The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.-->

										</li>


										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">MailChimp Popup 2</h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_2.png" alt="">

													</a>

												You can customize the subscription form in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>. The form is used with ID <code>style-11</code>.

										</li>

										<!--<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_3.png" alt="">

													</a>



										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_4.png" alt="">

													</a>



										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_5.png" alt="">

													</a>



										</li>-->

										<!--<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_6.png" alt="">

													</a>




										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>


													<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_7.png" alt="">

													</a>

										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>


													<a href="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_mailchimp_8.png" alt="">

													</a>

										</li>-->

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Video popup</h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_video.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_video.png" alt="">

													</a>




										</li>

									</ul>


								<h4>Panels</h4>

									<ul class="paddings-big">

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Panel Bar 2</h4>

												The example below is displayed in a panel.

													<a href="images/layouts_custom_panel.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_panel.png" alt="">

													</a>


												The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.<br><br>

												The background color for the panels can also be inherited from the layout's color scheme, specified in a particular content section.

												<a href="images/header_panel_bg.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/header_panel_bg.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</li>

									</ul>


								<!--<h4>Panels with menu</h4>


										<p>
											These layouts are designed to be displayed as a <strong>panel menu</strong>. Please also pay attention to the "panel menu style" option.

											<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_settings.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_settings.png" alt="">

											</a>
										</p>


										<p class="under_image_p">
											The background color of the panel is inherited from the layout's color scheme, specified in the corresponding header layout or on a particular page.


                                                <a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_settings_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

													<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_settings_2.png" alt="">

												</a>

										</p>

										<p class="under_image_p">

											The social icons inherit the links (URLs) to your social profiles specified in the <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Socials</strong> tab.
										</p>

										<p>

											We have used the following <strong>custom CSS classes</strong> to make the panels with menu display like on our demo:

										</p>

												<ol>

													<li><code>.ps1-anim1</code> - animates a logo (for "Layouts: Logo" widget).

														<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_1.png" alt="">

														</a>

													</li>

													<li><code>.ps1-anim2</code> - animates vertical menu (for "Layouts: Menu" widget).

														<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_2.png" alt="">

														</a>


													</li>

													<li><code>.ps1-anim3</code> - animates a title (for Elementor "Heading" widget).

														<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_3.png" alt="">

														</a>

													</li>

													<li><code>.ps1-anim4</code> - animates an email (for the Elementor "Text Editor" widget).

														<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_4.png" alt="">

														</a>

													</li>

													<li><code>.ps1-anim5</code> - animates a phone number (for the Elementor "Text Editor" widget).

														<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_5.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_5.png" alt="">

														</a>

													</li>

													<li><code>.ps1-anim6</code> - animates social icons (for the Elementor "Socials" widget from "ThemeREX Addons Elements" group).

														<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_6.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_6.png" alt="">

														</a>

													</li>

													<li><code>.panel_menu_header</code> - regulates the paddings for the section with a logo for proper display on devices with different screen resolutions (for panel menus).

														<a href="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

															<img src="images/layouts_panel_menu_css_7.png" alt="">

														</a>

													</li>

												</ol>

									<ul class="paddings-big">

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Panel with Menu Bronze</h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_panel_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_panel_2.png" alt="">

													</a>


										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Panel with Menu Gold</h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_panel_3.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_panel_3.png" alt="">

													</a>




										</li>

										<li>
											<h4 class="list-title">Panel with Menu Light</h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_panel_4.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_panel_4.png" alt="">

													</a>




										</li>



									</ul>-->



								<!--<h4>Content for popup notifications:</h4>


								<p>
									The following pre-built custom layouts are designed to be displayed in a popup window or in a panel. Please view the description of <a href="#shortcodes_settings_layouts">Elementor "Layouts" widget</a> to find out how to build a popup notification.
								</p>

								<p>
									The subscription form can be managed in <strong>MC4WP (WP Dashboard) > Form</strong>.
								</p>

								<p>
									Shortcode for the <strong>subscription form</strong>:
								</p>


									<div class="spoil">

										<div class="sp_top">
											<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
										</div>

										<div class="sp_text">
											<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">[mc4wp_form id="461" element_id="style-11"]</pre>
										</div>

									</div>


									<ul class="paddings-big">


										<li id="layout_custom_7">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>


													<a href="images/layouts_custom_7.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_7.png" alt="">

													</a>





										</li>


										<li id="layout_custom_8">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>



													<a href="images/layouts_custom_8.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

														<img src="images/layouts_custom_8.png" alt="">

													</a>



										</li>


										<li id="layout_custom_9">
											<h4 class="list-title"></h4>


											<a href="images/layouts_custom_9.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/layouts_custom_9.png" alt="">

											</a>



										</li>


									</ul>-->

				</div>




				<!-- Custom Post Types
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="custom_post_types">
					<h2 class="page-header">Custom Post Types</h2>


						<p>
							A custom post type is an additional type of posts that is tailored for a specific kind of content. Custom post types are a part of the <i>ThemeREX Addons plug-in</i>, and you can use them after the plug-in activation.
						</p>

						<p>
							<strong>Custom Post Types</strong> support icons from standard <strong>Fontello</strong> icons set. You can expand the list of available icons by adding new ones from the <a href="http://fontello.com/" target="_blank">fontello website</a>. In order to add new icons proceed to <code>wp-content/themes/your-theme/skins/default/css/font-icons/config.json</code>. Watch this <a href="https://youtu.be/7f96tUTLmq4" target="_blank">video guide</a> for more information.<br>
							<i>Please note, the location of <code>config.json</code> file and website page builder with available set of widgets/shortcodes in your theme may vary from the video provided!</i>
						</p>


						<!--<h3 id="custom_post_types_agents">Agents <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								In order to add an agent section to your single property post, you need to create the agents posts, enable the agent section for a particular property post and select the needed agent from the dropdown list.

								<a href="images/agent_section_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/agent_section_adm.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>
								Please be aware that this theme does not provide any examples of agent posts. Feel free to create your own ones.
							</p>-->

							<!--<p class="under_image_p">
								To create a new agent post, click on <strong>Agents > Add New</strong> in your WordPress dashboard.
							</p>

							<a href="images/cpt_agents_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/cpt_agents_adm.png" alt="">

							</a>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Below is an example of the back-end view of a single agent post.

								<a href="images/cpt_agents_post.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_agents_post.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Apart from the standard fields, such as title, description, agencies, excerpt and featured image, you can use additional fields in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel:
							</p>



							<ul>
								<li><strong>Short description</strong> - specify brief information about the agent that will be displayed on a single agent page.</li>

								<li><strong>Position/Address/Office phone/E-mail/Languages/Mobile phone/Fax/Skype</strong> - enter some personal information and contacts for a particular agent.</li>

								<li><strong>Social links</strong> - links to social media profiles. Add as many links as needed. Clone items by clicking a clone button in the top right corner, or rearrange them using the drag button in the top left corner.</li>

							</ul>

							<p>
								A single agent page as well as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/agents/" target="_blank">all agents page</a> inherit the general settings specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Plugins Settings > Properties</strong> (for agent archive style), <strong>Appearance > Customize > Blog</strong> or <strong>Appearance > Customize > General/Header/Footer</strong> (for the sidebar, header and footer).
							</p>-->


							<!--<p class="wrap-warning">
								The global settings for an agent page can also be overridden in the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular agent post. Here you can assign a different header/footer style, widget set, body style, etc.
								<br><br>
								You can enable or disable the <strong>Theme Options</strong> panel in the <a href="images/screen_options.png" data-real-width="457" data-real-height="210" rel="prettyPhoto">Screen Options</a> in the top right corner of the WordPress admin.
							</p>-->




						<h3 id="custom_post_types_portfolio">Portfolio <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								If you want to add a portfolio section to your web page, you need to create the portfolio posts and display them using the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_portfolio">Elementor Portfolio widget</a> (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group).
							</p>

							<p>
								In order to create a new portfolio post, click on <strong>Portfolio > Add New</strong> in your WordPress dashboard.
							</p>

							<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_adm.png" alt="">

							</a>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Below is an example of the back-end view of a single portfolio post.

								<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_post.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_post.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Apart from the standard fields, such as title, description, portfolio group, excerpt, and featured image, you can use additional fields in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel:
							</p>



							<ul>
								<li><strong>Style</strong> - select project details style.</li>

								<li><strong>General</strong> - specify project's subtitle, alternative external link and project's author. Available authors are accessible through the <a href="#custom_post_types_team">Team post type</a>.</li>

								<li><strong>Project Details</strong> - additional information about the project. Add as many items as needed. Clone items by clicking a clone button in the top right corner, or rearrange them using the drag button in the top left corner. Here you can also choose the position of the block with project's details displayed on single portfolio posts.</li>

								<li><strong>Gallery</strong> - create a gallery for a single page of this project.
								<br> Once you choose the images for the gallery, the following new options will appear.

									<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_gallery_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_gallery_options.png" alt="">

									</a>

									<ul>

										<li><strong>Gallery position</strong> - You can output the gallery above/below or inside content of a single portfolio post. In order to place a gallery inside the content area, just paste the <code>%%GALLERY%%</code> tag to the content of the post (preferably using Gutenberg page builder), where you want your gallery to appear, and choose "Inside content" for the <strong>Item Options > Gallery > Gallery position</strong> option.

											<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_gallery_tag.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

												<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_gallery_tag.png" alt="">

											</a>


										</li>

										<li><strong>Gallery layout</strong> - select a layout to display images on the project's page.</li>

										<li><strong>Description</strong> - specify short description of the gallery. The desription can be displayed below the gallery.</li>



									</ul>

								</li>

								<li><strong>Video</strong> - specify a URL with a video from popular video hosting (Youtube, Vimeo).
								<br> Once you specified the URL for the video, the following new options will appear.

									<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_video_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_video_options.png" alt="">

									</a>

									<ul>

										<li>
											<strong>Allow autoplay on the archive page/single post</strong> - enable video autoplay.
										</li>

										<li><strong>Video position</strong> - You can output the video above/below/in the page header or inside content of a single portfolio post.
										<br><br>If you want to display a video <strong>inside the content area</strong> of a post, please use <code>%%VIDEO%%</code> tag (preferably using Gutenberg page builder), where you want your video to appear, and choose "Inside content" for the <strong>Item Options > Video > Video position</strong> option.<br><br>
										In order to insert the video <strong>inside the header area</strong> (instead of the featured image), select "In the page header" video position and enable autoplay on a single post.

										<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_video_header.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_video_header.png" alt="">

										</a>

										In addition (for the video inside the header area), please make sure the <strong>"Layouts: Title" widget</strong> is used to output the post title on some background in the corresponding <strong>custom header layout</strong>. You should also enable <strong>"Replace with featured image"</strong> option, like on the screenshot below:


										<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_video_header_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_video_header_2.png" alt="">

										</a>


										</li>

										<li><strong>Description</strong> - specify short description of the video. The description can be displayed below the video.</li>

									</ul>

								</li>


							</ul>



							<p>
								The single portfolio page as well as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/portfolio/" target="_blank">all portfolio items page</a> inherit the general settings (for header, footer, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Plugins Settings > Portfolio</strong>.
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								The global settings for a single portfolio page can also be overridden in the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular portfolio post. Here you can assign a different header/footer style, widget set, body style, etc.
							</p>

							<h4>Portfolio Widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group)</h4>

								<p>
									After creating the required number of portfolio posts, you need to output them on your page using an Elementor widget. Add a new Elementor Page Builder section to your page and in the <i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions</i> group of elements, select the <strong>Portfolio</strong> widget.
								</p>

								<a href="images/cpt_portfolio_widget.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_portfolio_widget.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									You can also use one of generic Elementor widgets like <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Elements group</i>) and <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</i>) to output portfolio posts.
								</p>

								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									You can also use the generic <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Elements group</i>) to output portfolio posts.
								</p>-->



						<!--<h3 id="custom_post_types_courses">Courses <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								If you want to add a courses section to your web page, you need to create the courses posts and display them using the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_courses">Courses widget</a> (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group).
							</p>

							<p>
								In order to build a new course post, click on <strong>Courses > Add New</strong> in your WordPress dashboard.
							</p>

							<a href="images/cpt_courses_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/cpt_courses_adm.png" alt="">

							</a>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Below is an example of the back-end view of a single course post.

								<a href="images/cpt_courses_post.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_courses_post.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Apart from the standard fields, such as title, description, courses group, excerpt, and featured image, you can use additional fields in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel:
							</p>



							<ul>
								<li><strong>Date/Time/Duration</strong></li>

								<li><strong>Price</strong></li>

								<li><strong>Link to course product</strong> - link the course to one of your WooCommerce products (if the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in is enabled);</li>

								<li><strong>Note</strong> - specify the course summary;</li>

								<li><strong>Age</strong> - enter the age of the listeners;</li>


							</ul>



							<p>
								The single course page as well as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/courses/" target="_blank">all courses page</a> inherit the general settings (for header, footer, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Plugins Settings > Courses</strong>.
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								The global settings for a single course page can also be overridden in the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular course post. Here you can assign a different header/footer style, widget set, body style, etc.
							</p>

							<h4>Courses Widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group)</h4>

								<p>
									After creating the required number of courses posts, you need to output them on your page using an Elementor widget. Add a new Elementor Page Builder section to your page and select the <strong>Courses</strong> widget (<i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</i>), <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Elements group</i>) or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</i>).
								</p>

								<a href="images/cpt_courses_widget.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_courses_widget.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									The <a href="#shortcodes_settings_courses">Courses widget</a> provides you with a large number of options, including the layout, the number of columns, title, subtitle and many more. You can also display them in a form of a slider by enabling this option under the Slider tab.
								</p>-->




						<!--<h3 id="custom_post_types_dishes">Dishes <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								In order to add a dishes section to your web page, you need to create the dish posts, and display them using the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_dishes">Dishes widget</a> (Elementor Page Builder > ThemeREX Addons Extensions group), <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger widget</a> (ThemeREX Addons Elements group) or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group).
							</p>

							<p>
								In order to create a new dish post, click on <strong>Dishes > Add New</strong> in your WordPress dashboard.
							</p>

							<a href="images/cpt_dishes_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/cpt_dishes_adm.png" alt="">
							</a>


							<p class="under_image_p">
								Below is an example of the back-end view of a single dish post.

								<a href="images/cpt_dishes_post.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_dishes_post.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Apart from the standard fields, such as title, description, dishes group, excerpt, and featured image, you can use additional fields in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel:
							</p>



							<ul>
								<li><strong>Price</strong></li>

								<li><strong>Link to the dish product</strong> - link the dish to one of your WooCommerce products (if the WooCommerce plug-in is enabled).</li>

								<li><strong>Spicy</strong> - specify the spicy level of the dish from 1 to 5;</li>

								<li><strong>Nutritions</strong> - enter the corresponding information;</li>

								<li><strong>Ingredients</strong> - specify the needed information;</li>

								<li><strong>Ingredients number</strong> - each element on the new row.</li>

								<li><strong>Ingredients number icon</strong> - select an icon;</li>

								<li><strong>Cocking time</strong> - specify the needed information;</li>

								<li><strong>Cooking time icon</strong> - select an icon;</li>
							</ul>



							<p>
								The single dish page as well as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/dishes/" target="_blank">all dishes page</a> inherit the general settings (for header, footer, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Plugins Settings > Dishes</strong>.
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								The global settings for a single dish page can also be overridden in the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular dish post. Here you can assign a different header/footer style, widget set, body style, etc.
							</p>

							<h4>Dishes Widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group)</h4>

								<p>
									After creating the required number of dishes posts, you need to output them on your page using an Elementor widget. Add a new section to your page (Elementor editor), and under the <i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions</i> group, select the <strong>Dishes</strong> widget.
								</p>

								<a href="images/cpt_dishes_shortcode.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_dishes_shortcode.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									The <a href="#shortcodes_settings_dishes">Dishes widget</a> provides you with a large number of options, including the layout, the number of columns, title, subtitle, and many more. You can also display them in a form of a slider by enabling this option under the Slider tab.
								</p>-->




						<!--<h3 id="custom_post_types_properties">Properties <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								If you want to insert a property section to your web page, you need to create the property posts and display them using Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties">Properties</a>, <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_compare">Properties Compare</a>, <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_search">Properties Search</a> or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_sort">Properties Sort</a> widgets (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group).
							</p>

							<p>
								In order to create a new property post, click on <strong>Properties > Add New</strong> in your WordPress dashboard.
							</p>

							<a href="images/cpt_properties_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/cpt_properties_adm.png" alt="">

							</a>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Below is an example of the back-end view of a single property post.

								<a href="images/cpt_properties_post.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_properties_post.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Apart from the standard fields, such as title, description, excerpt and featured image, you can use additional fields in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel:
							</p>



							<ul>
								<li><strong>Basic information</strong> - specify general information about the property;</li>

								<li><strong>Location</strong> - new items for dropdown lists can be added in the corresponding <strong>Properties (WP Dashboard) > Countries/States/Cities/Neighborhoods</strong> sections;</li>

								<li><strong>Gallery</strong> - upload images, specify a url for the video, insert some description about the particular property, enter virtual tour embeded code or attach files with any information about the property;</li>

								<li><strong>Floor plans</strong> - enable/disable floor plans section on a single property post;</li>

								<li><strong>Additional features</strong> - additional information about the property that will be displayed in "Details" section on a single property post. Add as many items as needed. Clone items by clicking a clone button in the top right corner, or rearrange them using the drag button in the top left corner.</li>

								<li><strong>Agent</strong> - enable the agent section for a single property post. Agents can be managed in <strong>Agents (WP Dashboard) > All Agents</strong>;</li>

								<li><strong>Additional parameters</strong> - add "Hot offer" label to the post image and insert a button for order;</li>

								<li><strong>Inverse image</strong> - inverse image for Alternative properties type of Elementor <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties">Properties</a> widget;</li>

							</ul>

							<p>
								The new items for "Type", "Status", "Features", "Labels" sections can be added in <strong>Properties (WP Dashboard) > Types/Statuses/Features/Labels</strong>.
							</p>

							<p>
								The single property page as well as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/properties/" target="_blank">all properties page</a> inherit the general settings (for header, footer, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Plugins Settings > Properties</strong>.
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								The global settings for a single property page can also be overridden in the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular property post. Here you can assign a different header/footer style, widget set, body style, etc.
							</p>

							<h4>Properties-related Widgets (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group) </h4>

								<p>
									After creating the required number of properties posts, you need to output them on your page using a widget. Add a new Elementor section to your page and under the <i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</i> tab select <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties">Properties</a>, <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_compare">Properties Compare</a>, <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_search">Properties Search</a> or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_properties_sort">Properties Sort</a> widgets. You can also use generic <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Elements group</i>) or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</i>) to output properties.
								</p>

								<a href="images/cpt_properties_shortcode.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_properties_shortcode.png" alt="">

								</a>-->



						<h3 id="custom_post_types_services">Services <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								If you want to add a services section to your web page, you need to create the services posts and output them using Elementor "Services" widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group) or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">"Blogger"</a> widget (ThemeREX Addons Elements group).
							</p>

							<p>
								In order to create a new service, click on <strong>Services (WP Dashboard) > Add New</strong>.
							</p>

							<a href="images/cpt_services_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/cpt_services_adm.png" alt="">

							</a>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								The back-end view of a single service post:
							</p>

							<a href="images/cpt_services_item_options.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

								<img src="images/cpt_services_item_options.png" alt="">

							</a>

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Apart from the standard fields, such as title, description, services group, excerpt, and featured image, you can use additional fields in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel:
							</p>


							<ul>
								<li><strong>Price</strong></li>

								<li><strong>Select linked product</strong> - link the service to one of your WooCommerce products (if the <i>WooCommerce</i> plug-in is enabled).</li>

								<li><strong>Item's icon</strong> - the icon you want to associate with your service.</li>

								<li><strong>Icon's color</strong></li>

								<li><strong>Item's pictogram</strong> - the pictogram you want to associate with your service.</li>

								<li><strong>Alternative link</strong> - external link to the service's website.</li>
							</ul>

							<p>
								The single service pages as well as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/services/" target="_blank">all services page</a> inherit the general settings (for header, footer, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Plugins Settings > Services</strong>.
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								The global settings for a single service page can also be overridden in the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular service post. Here you can assign a different header/footer style, widget set, body style, etc.
							</p>

							<h4>Services Widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group)</h4>

								<p>
									After creating the required number of service posts, you need to display them on your page using an Elementor widget. Add a new Elementor Page Builder section to your page, and under the <i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions</i> group of elements, select the <strong>Services</strong> or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger</a> widget (<i>ThemeREX Addons Elements group</i>).

									<a href="images/cpt_services_widget.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/cpt_services_widget.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>



								<p class="under_image_p">
									The <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> provides you with a large number of options, including the layout style, featured element, featured element position, number of posts to show, and many more.
								</p>



						<h3 id="custom_post_types_team">Team <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<p>
								To display team members on your page, you need to create team posts first and then output them using an Elementor widget. Add a new team member post by clicking <strong>Team > Add New</strong>.

								<a href="images/cpt_team_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_team_adm.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>


							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>The theme does not provide any examples of team posts. Feel free to create your own ones.
							</p>-->

							<p class="under_image_p">
								Please find the screenshot below with the back-end view of a team post.

								<a href="images/cpt_team_post.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_team_post.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>



							<p class="under_image_p">
								On a team member page, you can enter the team member's name, description, featured image, excerpt, and elements in the <strong>Item Options</strong> panel, which include:
							</p>

							<ul>
								<li><strong>Link to WordPress user</strong> - select a WordPress user to display posts written by this team member.</li>

								<li><strong>Position</strong> - a person's position, or any other subtitle text.</li>

								<li><strong>Brief info</strong> - a short summary that is displayed on a single team member page.
									<!--<a href="images/cpt_team_post_brief_info.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/cpt_team_post_brief_info.png" alt="">

									</a>-->
								</li>

								<li><strong>Email/Phone/Address</strong> - specify the required contact information;</li>

								<li><strong>Socials</strong> - links to social media profiles. Add as many links as needed. Clone items by clicking a clone button in the top right corner, or rearrange them using the drag button in the top left corner.</li>

								<!--<li><strong>Title Link/URL Link</strong> - specify additional Button Title/URL. The button can be viewed below the social icons in the content area on single course posts and on hover in the team block inserted to the page through Team widget ("Default" layout).</li>-->


							</ul>


							<p>
								<strong>"Secondary Image"</strong> section appears if the <a href="#theme_addons_secondary_image">Secondary Image Add-on</a> is active and this functionality is enabled for a definite post type in <strong>Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Secondary image</strong>. "Secondary Image" add-on allows you to upload a separate hover image for a single post that can be viewed on post type archive pages and in page sections that are built using the Elementor widgets, like Blogger, Services, Team, ect.
							</p>

							<p>
								The single team member posts as well as <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/team/" target="_blank">all team page</a> inherit the general settings (for header, footer, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Plugins Settings > Team</strong>.
							</p>

							<p class="wrap-warning">
								The global settings for a single team member page can also be overridden in the <strong>Theme Options</strong> section of a particular team post. Here you can assign a different header/footer style, widget set, body style, etc.
							</p>

							<p>
								Additional CSS class <code>.left_shift</code> moves a column left on a single team member post (sets <code>margin-left: -160px</code>). <!--Please treat the screenshot below as an example only, the styles of the elements may vary from the ones provided with the theme.-->

									<a href="images/additional_css_class_11.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/additional_css_class_11.png" alt="">

									</a>
							</p>

							<h4>Team Widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group)</h4>



								<a href="images/cpt_team_widget.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_team_widget.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									Display the team member section on the front-end using the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_team">Team widget</a> (Elementor Page Builder > ThemeREX Addons Extensions group), <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Elements group</i>) or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</i>). The Team widget provides you with a number of display options that let you customize the section in detail.
								</p>


						<h3 id="custom_post_types_testimonials">Testimonials <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>

							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>This theme does not provide any examples of testimonials posts. Feel free to create your own ones.
							</p>-->

							<p>
								Add a new testimonial by clicking <strong>Testimonials (WP Dashboard) > Add New</strong>.

								<a href="images/cpt_testimonials_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_testimonials_adm.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>



							<p class="under_image_p">
								Here, you can add a person's name, item's subtitle and testimonial author's rating (Item Options section), picture and insert the testimonial content. The published date sets automatically after the post is saved. Please see the screenshot below with the back-end view of a testimonial post:

								<a href="images/cpt_testimonials_post.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_testimonials_post.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>



							<p class="under_image_p">
								The single testimonial page inherits the global settings (for header, footer, etc.) specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize</strong>. The sidebar and additional widgets set can be added in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Posts Page > Sidebar/Additional Widgets</strong>.
							</p>

							<p>
								<strong>"Item's rating"</strong> option displays testimonial author's rating if the testimonial is inserted to the page using the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_testimonials">Testimonials widget</a> (Elementor Page Builder > ThemeREX Addons Extensions group) and if the rating is enabled in the widget's settings.

								<a href="images/cpt_testimonials_rating.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_testimonials_rating.png" alt="">

								</a>
							</p>

							<!--<p class="wrap-info">
								<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>"Item's rating" option is not available in this theme.
							</p>-->

							<h4>Testimonials Widget (ThemeREX Addons Extensions group)</h4>

								<p>
									Insert the testimonials on your page using the <strong>Testimonials</strong> widget (Elementor Page Builder > ThemeREX Addons Extensions group), <a href="#shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Elements group</i>) or <a href="#shortcodes_settings_services">Services widget</a> (<i>ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</i>).

								</p>

								<a href="images/cpt_testimonials_widget.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/cpt_testimonials_widget.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									Specify the <a href="#shortcodes_settings_testimonials">Testimonials widget</a> settings, including the layout, the number of columns, title, subtitle and other. You can also display them in a form of a slider by enabling this option under the Slider tab.
								</p>







				</div>




				<!-- Shortcodes
				================================================== -->
				<div class="docs-section" id="shortcodes">
					<h2 class="page-header">Elementor Widgets</h2>


						<p>
							Elementor Widgets in WordPress let you add different kinds of functionality to your website without writing a single line of code.
						</p>

	                    <p>
	                    	Our theme comes with a number of custom Elementor widgets allowing you to add the information in a simple way.
						</p>

						<p>
							<strong>Custom Elementor widgets</strong> (with icon functionality) support icons from standard <strong>Fontello</strong> icons set. You can expand the list of available icons by adding new ones from the <a href="http://fontello.com/" target="_blank">fontello website</a>. In order to add new icons proceed to <code>wp-content/themes/your-theme/skins/default/css/font-icons/config.json</code>. Watch this <a href="https://youtu.be/7f96tUTLmq4" target="_blank">video guide</a> for more information.<br>
							<i>Please note, the location of <code>config.json</code> file and website page builder with available set of widgets/shortcodes in your theme may vary from the video provided!</i>
						</p>

						<!--<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>
							Below you can find examples of custom Elementor widgets that come with <strong>Default Skin</strong>. The number of the widgets may vary depending on the plug-ins installed.
						</p>-->


						<p>
							All custom Elementor widgets are divided into the following groups of elements in the Elementor Editor:
	                    </p>

	                    <div class="clearfix">

							<div class="col-md-6">

								<p><a href="#elements_group">ThemeREX Addons Elements group</a></p>

								<a href="images/elementor_addons_elements.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_addons_elements.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>

							<div class="col-md-6">

								<p><a href="#widgets_group">ThemeREX Addons Widgets group</a></p>

								<a href="images/elementor_addons_widgets.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_addons_widgets.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>


						</div>

						<div class="clearfix">

							<div class="col-md-6">

								<p><a href="#extensions_group">ThemeREX Addons Extensions group</a></p>

								<a href="images/elementor_addons_extensions.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_addons_extensions.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>

							<div class="col-md-6">

								<p><a href="#support_group">ThemeREX Addons Support group</a></p>

								<a href="images/elementor_addons_support.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_addons_support.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>

							<!--<div class="col-md-6">

								<p><a href="#layouts_widgets">ThemeREX Addons Layouts group</a></p>

								<a href="images/elementor_layout.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_layout.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>-->


						</div>

						<div class="clearfix">

							<div class="col-md-6">

								<p><a href="#layouts_widgets">ThemeREX Addons Layouts group</a></p>

								<a href="images/elementor_layout.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/elementor_layout.png" alt="">

								</a>

							</div>


						</div>


						<!--<p class="wrap-info">
							<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span>Below you can find the examples of the Elementor widgets that are taken from the <strong>Default Skin</strong>.
						</p>-->



						<h3 id="elements_group">ThemeREX Addons Elements group <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h3>



							<!--<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_accordion">Accordion of posts  <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>
									This Elementor widget inserts accordion with custom content.
								</p>

								<p>
									Select which type of content to show in the <strong>Select content source</strong> option under "Content" tab > Item settings.
								</p>

								<ul>

									<li><strong>Use Content</strong> - enter custom text using the the Elementor Editor panel.</li>

									<li><strong>Pages</strong> - specify the page to take the content from.</li>

									<li><strong>Layouts</strong> - displays content taken from the already built custom layout (WP Dashboard > Layouts post type).</li>

								</ul>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_accordion_content.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_accordion_content.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_accordion.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_accordion.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>-->




							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_action">Actions  <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>
									This Elementor widget inserts "Call to action"<!--, event item--> or columns layout. <!--Please click <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/call-to-action/" target="_blank">here</a> for more examples.-->
								</p>

								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_action.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_action.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									You can wrap some text in <code>&lt;span&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;</code> tag or use it in combination with additional CSS class <code>.has-text-link-2-color</code> to make the text stand out from the rest. This CSS class makes the text color inherit the setting, specified in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Colors</strong> for a definite color scheme in the "Main > Accent 2" field.

											<a href="images/additional_css_class_.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

                                                    <img src="images/additional_css_class_.png" alt="">

                                            </a>

								</p>


											<div class="spoil">

												<div class="sp_top">
													<button class="sp_button">Show Source</button>
												</div>

												<div class="sp_text">
													<button class="trx-copy-code" title="Copied!">Copy</button>
<pre class="prettyprint">&lt;span class="has-text-link-2-color"&gt;NEW&lt;/span&gt;</pre>
												</div>

											</div>-->




							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_anchor">Anchor <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

                                <p>
                                    The Elementor "Anchor" widget inserts an anchor element that lets you link to specific parts of your page (or to other pages). <!--Use it in combination with the <a href="#header_faqs">Side Menu</a> to create one-page navigation.-->
								<p>
								<p>
									If you want to add smooth navigation between your anchors, check the <a href="#anchor_shortcode">Scroll to Anchor</a> box in <strong>Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > Shortcodes > Anchor</strong> section.
								</p>




                            <h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_audio_effects">Audio Effects <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

                                <p>
                                    This Elementor widget allows you to add an equalizer (sound) icon to your page, so your customers can turn on/off the sounds on the page themselves. This works only if the <a href="#theme_addons_audio_effects">Audio Effects Add-on</a> is installed.

									<a href="images/trx_sc_audio_effect.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_audio_effect.png" alt="">

									</a>
								<p>

								<p>
									The following statuses of the indicator are available:
								</p>

								<ul>
									<li><strong>Static enabled</strong> - sounds effects only (hover, click), without background music;</li>

									<li><strong>Animated</strong> - all sounds are turned on;</li>

									<li><strong>Static disabled</strong> - all sounds are turned off;</li>
								</ul>

								<p class="wrap-info">
									<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The sounds indicator controlls only advanced sounds effects. Its actions do not apply to video and audio sounds that are created using video/audio widgets or external plug-ins.
								</p>



							<!--<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_background_text">Background Text <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>
									This Elementor widget allows specifying the necessary background text.
								</p>

								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_background.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_background.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>-->


							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_blogger">Blogger <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>
									This widget displays posts, pages or custom post types from a specified category or group. Just specify the post type to show the posts from in the <strong>Edit Blogger > Content > Post type</strong> field in the Elementor panel. By default, the widget outputs single posts.
								</p>
								<p>
									You can create additional layouts to output the posts in the <strong>WP Dashboard > Layouts</strong> using <i>Blog</i> layout's type (Item Options section). Please see <a href="#layouts_creating">Creating Layouts</a> section of this documentation file for more information.
								</p>

								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_blogger.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_blogger.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									You can edit the <strong class="red">post excerpt</strong> text by opening the corresponding blog post, and adjusting text in the <strong>Excerpt</strong> field.
								</p>

								<a href="images/blog_post_excerpt.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/blog_post_excerpt.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									Enable the <strong>Excerpt</strong> field in the <strong>Preferences > Panels</strong> panel in the top right corner of the post.
								</p>

								<a href="images/screen_options_excerpt.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

									<img src="images/screen_options_excerpt.png" alt="">

								</a>

								<p class="under_image_p">
									The length (in words) of the post excerpt text is inherited from the global setting in <strong>Appearance > Customize > Blog > Posts Page > Posts Page Settings</strong>.
								</p>

								<p>
									You can enable <strong>additional taxonomy attributes</strong> (text color, text hover color<!--, background color, background hover--> and icon) for definite groups/categories of posts/post types in <a href="#extended_taxonomy">Theme Panel (WP Dashboard) > ThemeREX Addons > Extended Taxonomy</a> tab. Then navigate to a particular category/group of posts/post types in WP Dashboard and set the required attributes. <!--Taxonomy for posts is available for "Plain" widget's layout.-->

									<a href="images/posts_taxonomy.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/posts_taxonomy.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p class="wrap-warning">
									<span class="label label-warning">IMPORTANT!</span> The layout of the block depends on the combination of 2 main options: "Blogger layout" and "Template"<!-- and "Image Hover"-->. Please feel free to play around with these options.

								</p>

								<div class="clearfix">

									<div class="col-md-5">

										<a href="images/trx_sc_blogger_main_option_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/trx_sc_blogger_main_option_1.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>

									<div class="col-md-5">

										<a href="images/trx_sc_blogger_main_option_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

											<img src="images/trx_sc_blogger_main_option_2.png" alt="">

										</a>

									</div>
								</div>

								<!--<p class="under_image_p">
									The combinations of the options from the screenshots above is used on <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/fullscreen-hover/" target="_blank">Fullscreen Hover</a> page.
								</p>

								<p>
									<strong>Static View</strong>

									<a href="images/blogger_style_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/blogger_style_1.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p>
									<strong>View On Hover</strong> <i>(the hover image is a featured image of a single portfolio post)</i>

									<a href="images/blogger_style_1_hover.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/blogger_style_1_hover.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>

								<p>
									<strong>On Click View</strong>

									<a href="images/blogger_style_1_click.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/blogger_style_1_click.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>-->

								<p class="wrap-info">
									<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> Some non-standard hover effects of blogger widget<!-- like on <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/fancy-hovers/" target="_blank">our demo</a> ("Recent Blog Posts" section),--> require the <a href="#theme_addons_mouse_helper">Mouse Helper Add-on</a> to be active. Such hover effects are imbedded into the widget's style: <strong>Layout "List", Template "Simple (hover)"</strong>. The image on hover is a featured image of a particular post.	<!--The example below is from the Homepage (Mechanic Skin).	-->


										<!--<img src="gifs/widget_blogger_list.gif" alt="">-->


								</p>

								<p class="wrap-info">
									<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> The hover effects highlighted on the screenshot below require the <a href="#theme_addons_image_effects">Image Effects Add-on</a> to be active.

									<a href="images/image_hover_settings_blogger.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/image_hover_settings_blogger.png" alt="">

									</a>
								</p>



							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_button">Button <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>This Elementor widget displays buttons. <!--Please click <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/buttons/" target="_blank">here</a> for more examples.--></p>

								<p><strong>Examples:</strong></p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_button.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_button.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>





							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_countdown">Countdown <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>This Elementor widget displays time counter of two types:</p>

								<ul>
									<li>time left before an event starts;</li>

									<li>time passed since the begining of the event;</li>
								</ul>

								<p><strong>Example<!-- (on custom background)-->:</strong></p>

								<div>
									<a href="images/trx_sc_countdown.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/trx_sc_countdown.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</div>

								<!--<p class="under_image_p">You can also find more examples of this widget on our <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/countdown/" target="_blank">demo</a>.</p>-->


							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_cover_link">Cover Link <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>
								<p>
									This widget allows you to build unique linked banners, assembled through Elementor page builder<!--, like on demo Home 2 page-->.
								</p>

								<p>This Elementor widget inserts a <strong>link with absolute position</strong>, that will overlap a parent section or column. This makes the whole section/column clickable. This widget stays invisible itself, so the section or column should contain any other element.
								</p>



								<!--<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>
									<a href="images/trx_sc_cover_link.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/trx_sc_cover_link.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</div>-->


							<!--<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_custom_image">Custom Image <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>
								<p>This Elementor widget displays an image from Media Library. Unlike the stardard Image widget, the Custom Image widget allows you to apply skewed borders to the images.</p>
								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>
									<a href="images/trx_sc_custom_image.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/trx_sc_custom_image.jpg" alt="">
									</a>
								</div>-->



							<!--<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_custom_tabs">Custom Tabs <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>
								<p>This Elementor widget inserts a block with tabs. The block contains two main sections.</p>

								<ul>
									<li>Section 1:
										<ol>
											<li>Insert <strong>Custom Tabs</strong> widget;</li>
											<li>In <i>"Tab container ID"</i> field <strong>use the ID</strong> of <i>Section 2</i>, e.g. <code>section_2</code>;</li>
											<li>For each tab item specify the tab title and <strong>use the unique tab ID</strong>, preceded by a pound sign (<code>#</code>), as an address for the tab link, e.g. <code>#tab_1</code>, <code>#tab_2</code>, etc.;</li>
										</ol>
										<a href="images/trx_sc_custom_tabs_section_1.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
											<img src="images/trx_sc_custom_tabs_section_1.png" alt="">
										</a>

									</li>

									<li>Section 2:
										<ol>
											<li><strong class="red">Assign the ID</strong> to <i>Section 2</i> in <strong>Edit Section > Advanced > Advanced > CSS ID</strong> field (the ID you have used in <i>Section 1</i> settings, eg. <code>section_2</code>);</li>
											<li>Enable <i>"Tabs content area"</i> option in <strong>Edit Section > Layout > Custom Layout</strong>;</li>
											<li>Insert a column inside section 2 and <strong class="red">assign the tab ID</strong> to inner section with this column (eg. <code>tab_1</code>);
												<a href="images/trx_sc_custom_tabs_section_2.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
													<img src="images/trx_sc_custom_tabs_section_2.png" alt="">
												</a>
											</li>
											<li>Place the required content for the tab inside the column;</li>
											<li>Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each tab;</li>
										</ol>

									</li>


								</ul>

								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>
									<a href="images/trx_sc_custom_tabs.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">
										<img src="images/trx_sc_custom_tabs.png" alt="">
									</a>
								</div>-->





							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_form">Form <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>This Elementor widget displays a contact form. The text for the checkbox "I agree..." is set in <strong>Appearance > Customize > General > Text with Privacy Policy link</strong>. <br>In order to add/customize the Privacy Policy link, navigate to <strong>Settings (WP Dashboard) > Privacy</strong> and specify the page that will be used as a Privacy Policy one.</p>

								<p class="wrap-info">
									<span class="label label-info">PLEASE NOTE!</span> In case you are planning to use default form without consent checkbox, just leave the "Text with Privacy Policy link" option empty in the <strong>Appearance > Customize > General</strong> section!
								</p>

								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_form.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_form.png" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>




								<p class="wrap-warning">
									Check the following directory <code>.../wp-content/plugins/trx_addons/сomponents/shortcodes/form</code> for the form-related files such as <strong>tpl.default.php</strong>, <strong>tpl.detailed.php</strong> and others. Each of these files is responsible for displaying the form in different styles. Choose the necessary file, open it with any text editor (for example Sublime or Atom), and modify the code according to your needs. <br><br>To translate the form fields edit <code>.pot</code> file in the following directory <code>.../wp-content/plugins/trx_addons/languages/...</code>. See the <a href="#theme_translation">Theme Translation</a> section for more information.
								</p>



							<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_googlemap">Google Map <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>
									This Elementor widget displays a Googlemap. Make sure there is a valid API key in the "Google API key" field on the <a href="#trx_addons_api">Theme Panel > ThemeREX Addons > API</a> tab.
								</p>

								<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>

								<div>

									<a href="images/trx_sc_googlemap.jpg" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_googlemap.jpg" alt="">

									</a>

								</div>


							<!--<h4 class="shrts" id="shortcodes_settings_hotspot">Hotspot <span class="trx-copy-link" title="Click to copy link!"></span></h4>

								<p>This Elementor widget inserts an image with unlimited number of hotspots, that are fully customizable, like on demo <a href="https://Daug.ancorathemes.com/lookbook/" target="_blank">LookBook</a>. The content for the hotspots can be set manually (an image, title, subtitle, price, link, description) or can be inherited from a definite post.

									<a href="images/trx_sc_hotspot_adm.png" rel="prettyPhoto" title="">

										<img src="images/trx_sc_hotspot_adm.png" alt